BTech_Mechanical_Engineering_1-11-2022

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 223

MOTILAL NEHRU NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY

ALLAHABAD

B. Tech. in
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
SCHEME OF INSTRUCTION AND SYLLABI
For B. Tech. Program

(Effective from 2022-23)

DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Vision and Mission of the Institute


Motilal Nehru National Institute of Technology Allahabad

VISION
To attain a distinct identity for the Institute through innovation, knowledge creation and
dissemination for the benefit of the society.

MISSION
• To nurture an eco-system for continuous enhancement of value-based teaching and
learning process in the emerging areas of technology.
• To train quality human and knowledge resources in the service of society.
• To develop sustainable products and technologies.

Vision and Mission of the Department


VISION
To be a centre of excellence in Mechanical, Production and Industrial Engineering
education and research for the benefits of society and humanity.

MISSION
• To educate and develop competent human resources for contemporary industry,
academia and research.
• To promote interdisciplinary research and innovation skills in the graduates.
• To enhance the efforts to develop sustainable products, processes and technologies by
developing competent entrepreneurs for the benefit of the society.

Scheme and Syllabi 2 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Department of Mechanical Engineering:


Brief about the Department:
The Department of Mechanical Engineering is one of the oldest department of the institute and was
established in the year 1961. We are the largest community of excellent, energetic, and dynamic
faculty, staff and students in the institute. The department is having highly qualified and
experienced faculty (36 faculty members) in all streams of Mechanical Engineering. The
department is broadly divided into three academic streams in which students receive outstanding
education with a wide choice of specializations, electives and research areas. These three academic
streams are: Design Engineering, Production and Industrial Engineering and Thermal Engineering.
The department offers eight semester (i.e. 4 year) Bachelor of Technology (B. Tech.) programmes
in Mechanical Engineering and Production and Industrial Engineering. Every year 223 students are
admitted through JEE (mains) and 15% of this intake is through Direct Admission to Students
Abroad (DASA) scheme for the above two B. Tech. programmes. Some students are also through
ICCR and MEA (Govt. of India) Schemes.
The department also offers four semester (i.e. 2 year) Master of Technology (M. Tech.)
programmes in Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing, Design Engineering, Product Design
and Development, Production Engineering and Thermal Engineering. Every year 125 students (25
in each specialization) are admitted through GATE in the above five M. Tech. programmes.
The department also offers Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) programme in various areas of
Mechanical Engineering as well as Production and Industrial Engineering. The strength of the
department lies in its Ph.D. programme with more than 100 PhDs already been awarded till March,
2022. About 80 research scholars are presently pursuing their PhDs. Every year the department
admits Ph.D. students equal to half of the number of faculty holding Ph.D. degree. The department
is also a QIP centre for PhD and M. Tech programmes.
Today, the world of Mechanical Engineering changes under the influence of advanced
computational tools, improved simulation and analysis, and entirely different manufacturing
protocols. This has opened up new vistas of research in the department.

List of Programmes offered by the Department:


Program Title of the Program
Mechanical Engineering
B. Tech.
Production & Industrial Engineering
Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing
Design Engineering
M. Tech. Product Design and Development
Production Engineering
Thermal Engineering
Ph.D. Mechanical Engineering

Scheme and Syllabi 3 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

B. Tech. - Mechanical Engineering

Program Educational Objective

PEO-1 To transform our students into employable technologists through education and training
to contribute in the frontiers of Mechanical Engineering.

PEO-2 To groom the graduates for achieving team work capability and leadership qualities.

PEO-3 To impart multidisciplinary competence in the graduates for exploring ventures in


Government, Public, Private, R&D and entrepreneurial sectors.

PEO-4 To imbibe ethical and human values in the graduates for the benefit of the society.

Program Articulation Matrix

PEO
PEO1 PEO2 PEO3 PEO4
Mission Statement

To educate and develop competent human resources 3 3 2 3


for contemporary industry, academia and research.

To promote interdisciplinary research and innovation 2 3 2 2


skills in the graduates.

To enhance the efforts to develop sustainable 2 2 3 2


products, processes and technologies by developing
competent entrepreneurs for the benefit of the society.

1-Slight; 2-Moderate; 3-Substantial

Scheme and Syllabi 4 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

B. Tech. - Mechanical Engineering

Program Outcomes
PO-01 Engineering Knowledge: Apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering
fundamentals and Mechanical Engineering specialization to the solution of complex
Engineering problems related to Mechanical Engineering.
PO-02 Problem Analysis: Identify, formulate, research literature and analyze complex
Mechanical Engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first
principles of mathematics, natural sciences and engineering sciences.
PO-03 Design/ Development of Solutions: Design solutions for complex Mechanical
Engineering problems and design system components or processes that meet specified
needs with appropriate consideration for public health and safety, cultural, societal and
environmental considerations.
PO-04 Conduct investigations: Conduct investigations of complex Mechanical Engineering
problems using research-based knowledge and research methods including analysis,
interpretation of data and synthesis of information to provide valid conclusions.
PO-05 Modern Tool Usage: To apply appropriate techniques, resources and engineering and IT
tools for modeling of different Mechanical Engineering problems with an
understanding of the limitations.
PO-06 The Engineer and Society: Apply contextual knowledge to assess societal, health, safety,
legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to professional
engineering practice.
PO-07 Environment and Sustainability: Understand the impact of professional Engineering
solutions in societal and environmental contexts and demonstrate knowledge of and need
for sustainable development.
PO-08 Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics responsibilities and
norms of Engineering practice.
PO-09 Individual and Team Work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or
leader in diverse teams as well as in multi disciplinary settings.
PO-10 Communication: Communicate effectively on complex Mechanical Engineering
activities with the engineering community and with society at large, such as being able
to comprehend and write effective reports and design documentation, make effective
presentations and give and receive clear instructions.
PO-11 Project Management and Finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of
Mechanical Engineering and management principles and apply these to one’s own work,
as a member and leader of a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary
environments.
PO-12 Life-long Learning: Recognize the need for the preparation and ability to engage in
independent and life- long learning in the broadest context of technological change.

Program Specific Outcomes (PSOs)

PSO-01 Graduates will be able to apply fundamental knowledge of sciences and engineering to
identify, comprehend, formulate, design and analyse real life problems in Mechanical
Engineering and allied multidisciplinary fields.
PSO-02 Graduates will be able to apply the acquired computational, experimental and soft
skills to solve Mechanical Engineering problems, interact and work coherently in a
team environment, develop life-long learning, scientific skills and distinctive
managerial traits.

Scheme and Syllabi 5 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

SCHEME OF INSTRUCTION

B. Tech. Mechanical Engineering (Base) – Course Curriculum Structure

Contact
S. No. Code Course Credit L-T-P
Hours
Semester-I
1 CEF Physics/Chemistry 4 2-1-2 5
2 CEF Mathematics-I 4 3-1-0 4
English Language & Technical
3 PCE Communication/Introduction to Artificial 3 2-0-2 4
Intelligence and Machine Learning
4 CEE Materials Science and Engineering 3 3-0-0 3
5 CEE Engineering Thermodynamics 3 3-0-0 3
Workshop and Manufacturing
6 PCE 2 1-0-2 3
Processes/Engineering Graphics
7 PCE Environment and Climate Change 2 2-0-0 2
Extra Academic Activity-A/
8 EAA 2 0-0-4 4
Extra Academic Activity-B
Total 23 28
Semester-II
1 CEF Chemistry/ Physics 4 2-1-2 5
2 CEF Mathematics-II 4 3-1-0 4
Introduction to Artificial Intelligence and
3 PCE Machine Learning/English Language & 3 2-0-2 4
Technical Communication
Computer based Numerical and Statistical
4 CEE 3 2-0-2 4
Techniques
Core Engineering Supportive Course (for other
5 CES branches)(Engineering Mechanics by AMD for 3 2-0-2 4
ME)
Workshop and Manufacturing
6 PSE 2 1-0-2 3
Processes/Engineering Graphics
Extra Academic Activity-A/
7 EAA 2 0-0-4 4
Extra Academic Activity-B
Total 21 28
Semester-III
1 CEE Mechanics of Materials 4 3-0-2 5
2 CEE Energy Conversion Technologies 4 3-0-2 5
3 CEE Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines 4 3-0-2 5
4 CEE Industrial Engineering 3 3-0-0 3
5 CEE Heat and Mass Transfer 4 3-0-2 5
6 CEE Basic Electrical and Electronics 3 2-0-2 4
7 EAA-B Extra Academic Activity-B 2 0-0-4 4
Total 24 31

Scheme and Syllabi 6 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Semester-IV
1 CEE Computer Aided Geometrical Modelling 4 3-0-2 5
2 CEE Manufacturing Science and Technology - I 4 3-0-2 5
3 CEE HSS -1 (Principles of Management) 3 3-0-0 3
4 CEE Kinematics and Dynamics of Machines 3 3-0-0 3
5 CEE Metrology and Quality Engineering 3 3-0-0 3
6 CEE Instrumentation and Process Control 4 3-0-2 5
7 CEL Core Elective Course - 1 3 3-0-0 3
8 EAA-B Extra Academic Activity-B 2 0-0-4 4
9 MN Minor Course@ 4@ 3-1-0 4@
Total 26@ 31@
Semester-V
1 CEE Design of Machine Elements 4 3-0-2 5
2 CEE Computer Aided Manufacturing 4 3-0-2 5
3 CEE Manufacturing Science and Technology - II 4 3-0-2 5
4 CEE Automobile Engineering 3 3-0-0 3
5 CEL Core Elective Course - 2 3 3-0-0 3
6 CEL Core Elective Course - 3 3 3-0-0 3
7 MN Minor Course@ 4@ 3-1-0 4@
8 HN Honours Course# 4# 4-0-0 4#
9 RS Research Course$ 4$ 4-0-0 4$
Total 21@#$ 24@#$
Semester-VI
1 CEE Refrigeration and Air Conditioning 4 3-0-2 5
2 HSS HSS-2 3 3-0-0 3
3 CEE Mechanical System Design 3 3-0-0 3
4 CEE Robotics and Mechatronics 4 3-0-2 5
5 CEL Core Elective Course - 4 3 3-0-0 3
6 CEL Core Elective Course - 5 3 3-0-0 3
7 CEE Colloquium 1 0-0-2 2
8 MN Minor Course@ 4@ 3-1-0 4@
9 HN Honours Course# 4# 4-0-0 4#
10 RS Research Course$ 4$ 4-0-0 4$
Total 21@#$ 24@#$
Semester-VII
1 CEE Renewable Energy 4 3-0-2 5
2 CEL Core Elective - 6 3 3-0-0 3
3 OEL Open Elective Course 3 3-0-0 3
4 HSS HSS-3 3 3-0-0 3
5 CEE Vocational Training*/STTP* 3 0-0-6 6
6 MN Minor Course@ 4@ 3-1-0 4@
7 HN Honours Course# 4# 4-0-0 4#
8 RS Research Project$ 4$ 4-0-0 4$
Total 16@#$ 20@#$

Scheme and Syllabi 7 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Semester-VIII
1 CEE Major Project/Internship 14 0-0-28 28
Total 14 28

1*: A student can opt for Vocational training / STTP (short-term training program) of minimum
three to four weeks during the summer vacation after IV and/or VI semester and its three credits
will be considered in the VII semester after the submission of successful completion certificate from
the Industry, report and successful presentation.

@: A student can opt for one or two Minor courses in IV, V, VI and VII semesters as per the Minor
courses offered by the other departments. Total credits in these semesters will be based on the
credits of the Minor course(s) opted by the student in a particular semester. In this case the degree
of the student will be B.Tech. (Mechanical Engineering) with Minor in ( )

#: 1. A student can opt for one or more Honours courses in V, VI and VII semesters as per the
Honours courses offered by the department. Total credits in these semesters will be based on the
credits of the Honours course(s) opted by the student in a particular semester. In this case the degree
of the student will be B.Tech. (Mechanical Engineering) with Honours
2. A student, opting for Honours registration, is required to complete a total of 16 credits of the
Honours courses offered by the department of Mechanical Engineering. Honours courses will be
from any of the M.Tech. programme of Department of Mechanical Engineering.

$: 1. A student can opt for one or more research courses in V, VI and VII semesters as per the
Research courses offered by the department. Total credits in these semesters will be based on the
credits of the Research course(s) opted by the student in a particular semester. In this case the
degree of the student will be B.Tech. (Mechanical Engineering) with Research. In VII semester the
research course will be a research project which may continue in VIII semester as Major Project.
2. A student, opting for Research registration, is required to complete a total of 16 credits of the
Research courses offered by the department. Research courses will be from any one of the M.Tech.
programme of Department of Mechanical Engineering.

Scheme and Syllabi 8 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

List of Electives and Minors: B. Tech. (Mechanical Engineering)


II Semester: Core Engineering Supportive Course (for other branches)
S. No. Code Name
1. ME***** Basic Industrial Engineering
2 ME***** Non-conventional Energy Recourses
3. ME***** Introduction to Engineering and Design
4. ME***** Engineering Innovation and Design
IV Semester: Core Elective Courses - 1
S. No. Code Name
1. ME***** Optimization Methods in Engineering
2 ME***** Noise and Vibration
3. ME***** Quality Engineering
4. ME***** Modelling and Simulation in Engineering
5. ME***** Design and Analysis of Experiments

V and VI Semester: Core Elective Courses – 2, 3, 4 and 5


S. No Code Course Name
1. ME***** Finite Element Method in Engineering
2. ME***** Operations Research
3. ME***** Automatic Control
4. ME***** Industrial Safety and Reliability Engineering
5. ME***** Machine Tool Design
6. ME***** Micro and Nano Manufacturing
7. ME***** Industrial Tribology
8. ME***** Design of Robotic Systems
9. ME***** Design for Ergonomics
10. ME***** Concurrent Engineering
11. ME***** Cryogenics
12. ME***** Design for Manufacturing and Assembly
13. ME***** Advanced Machining Processes
14. ME***** Product Life Cycle Management
15. ME***** Computational Fluid Dynamics
16. ME***** Design against Fatigue and Fracture
17. ME***** Condition Monitoring and Diagnostics
18. ME***** Energy Management
19. ME***** Design of Transmission Elements
20. ME***** Non-Conventional Energy Sources
21. ME***** Supply Chain Management
22. ME***** Mechanical Micromachining Technology
23. ME***** Failure Mode and Effect Analysis
24. ME***** Concurrent Engineering
25. ME***** Advanced Automobile Engineering

Scheme and Syllabi 9 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

26. ME***** Forensic Engineering


27. ME***** Surface Treatment and Characterization
28. ME***** Additive Manufacturing
29. ME***** Production Planning and Control
VII Semester: Core Elective Courses – 6
S. No Code Course Name
1. ME***** Solar Energy and applications
2. ME***** Energy Management
3. ME***** Smart materials
4. ME***** Green Hydrogen and Alternative fuels
5. ME***** Mechanics of Composite Materials
6. ME***** Design against Fatigue and Fracture
7. ME***** Electric Vehicle Technology
8. ME***** Advanced Automobile Engineering
9. ME***** Vehicle Management System
10. ME***** Hybrid Electric and Fuel Cell Vehicles
11. ME***** Automotive Electronics
12. ME***** Alternative Fuel Technology
13. ME***** Machine Learning
14. ME***** Computer Integrated Manufacturing
15. ME***** Microelectromechanical systems (MEMS)
16. ME***** Industrial Automation
17. ME***** Sustainable Engineering
18. ME***** Sustainable Materials and Green Buildings
19. ME***** Automotive Materials
20. ME***** Automotive Safety
21. ME***** Vehicle Maintenance

VII Semester: Open Elective Course


S. No Code Name
1. ME***** Non-Conventional Energy Sources
2. ME***** Energy Management
3. ME***** Product Design and Development
4. ME***** Electrical Vehicles Technology
5. ME***** Solar Photovoltaics
6. ME***** Quality Engineering
7. ME***** Total Quality Management

Scheme and Syllabi 10 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Semester-I

Scheme and Syllabi 11 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Materials Science and Engineering
AM***** 3-0-0:3
Prerequisites: NIL
Course Outcome

S.N. Outcomes
CO1 Understand role of structure at different level on properties.
CO2 Apply concepts of Materials Science to analyze engineering problems.
CO3 Select materials for different engineering applications.
Course Articulation Matrix:
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 1 - 1 1 1 - 1 - 2 2 2 3 3
CO2 3 3 2 2 3 1 - 1 2 2 1 2 3 3
CO3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 3 3

Module Content Lectures


1. Introduction: Historical perspective of Materials Science; Structure and 05
properties relationship of Engineering Materials; Classification of materials;
Introduction to Ceramics, Composites Materials: Processing and
Applications; Advanced Materials.
2. Structure of Solids and Characterization of Materials: Introduction to 07
crystal structures and systems; Metallic structures; Ceramic crystal structures;
Crystallographic directions and planes, Miller indices, Density computations,
Crystallography, Diffraction methods, Electron microscopy, Metallography,
Thermal characterization techniques.
3. Imperfections in Crystals: Point defects, Dislocations, Interfacial Defects, 03
Bulk defects.
4. Diffusion: Diffusion mechanisms, steady and non-steady state diffusion, 03
Factors that influence diffusion, Law’s of diffusion, Applications of
Diffusion.
5. Phase Diagrams and Phase Transformations: Unary, Binary, Equilibrium 05
phase diagrams, Eutectic, Eutectoid, Peritectic and peritectoid reactions,
Transformation rate effects and TTT diagrams. Microstructure and property
changes in iron-carbon system, Iron-Carbon (Fe-C or Fe-Fe3C) Diagram
6. Mechanical Behaviour of Materials: Elastic and Plastic properties, Fatigue, 10
Fracture, Creep.
7. Thermal, Electrical, Magnetic, Optical Properties: Thermal behaviour of 07
Materials; Electrical conduction, Semi conductivity, Super conductivity,
Dielectric behaviour, Ferroelectricity, Piezoelectricity, Magnetic behaviour of
Materials; Optical properties of materials and their applications.
Text and Reference Books:
1. “Materials Science and Engineering: An Introduction” by William D. Callister Jr., David G.
Rethwisch.
2. “Materials Science and Engineering: A First Course” by Raghavan V.
3. “Mechanical Metallurgy” by George E. Dieter
4. “Elements of materials science and engineering” by Lawrence H. Van Vlack
##

Scheme and Syllabi 12 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Engineering Thermodynamics
ME***** 3-0-0:3

Prerequisites: NIL
Course Outcomes:

CO1 To understand the concept of thermodynamic system and its properties, work, power,
heat and first law of thermodynamics.
CO2 To understand the concept of thermodynamic temperature scale, refrigerator, heat pump
and feasibility of any process based on second law of thermodynamics.
CO3 To apply combined first and second law to evaluate entropy, Irreversibility and exergy.
CO4 To perform thermodynamic analysis of refrigeration, Gas and vapour power cycle.

Course Articulation Matrix:


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 - - - 2 2 3
CO2 2 2 3 2 2 1 2 1 - - - 3 3 2
CO3 2 3 2 3 2 2 2 2 - - 1 3 2 3
CO4 3 3 1 3 2 1 1 1 1 - - 2 2 3

Unit Details No. Hrs


Introduction to thermodynamics: System, surroundings, boundaries,
1 classification of systems. Unit and dimensions, conversion factors. Properties of 6
systems, equilibrium, processes, heat and work interaction. The work
interaction. Thermodynamic definition of work, characteristics of the work
interaction. Evaluation of work. Adiabatic systems and processes.
2 Zeroth law: Diathermic boundary, Zeroth law, Isothermal states. Empirical 4
temperature. Principles of thermometry. Scales of temperature. Gas
thermometer. The ideal gas. Ideal gas temperature scale.
3 The first law: Basic form energy of a system, The heat interaction, Sign 8
convention. First law for open systems, Steady-flow energy equation and its
applications. Properties of gases. Properties of steam. Introduction to steam
tables. Other equations of state.
4 The second law: Kelvin-Planck and Clausius statements. Equivalence of 7
statements. Carnot theorem. Thermodynamic temperature. Kelvin scale. Carnot
engine, refrigerator and heat pump. Definition of entropy. Combined first and
second law, Evaluation of entropy. Principle of increase of entropy.
5 Availability: available energy, quality of energy, useful work, availability or 5
exergy balance for open and closed systems, 2nd law efficiency.
6 Introduction to cycles: Classifications of cycles. Gas power cycles- Otto, 6
Diesel, Brayton. Vapour power cycle- Rankine cycle, vapour- compression
refrigeration cycle.

Text Books:
1 Engineering Thermodynamics P.K. Nag McGraw Hill
2 Thermodynamics: An engineering Cengel & Boles, McGraw Hill

Scheme and Syllabi 13 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

References:
1 Fundamentals of Engineering Moran M. J. & Shapiro H. N Wiley
Thermodynamics
2 Fundamentals of Thermodynamics Sonntag R.E., Borgnakke C. & Wiley
Van Wylen C. J.
3 Engineering Thermodynamics Rogers G.F.C. & Mayhew Y.R Longman

##

Scheme and Syllabi 14 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Workshop and Manufacturing Processes
ME***** 1-0-2:2
Prerequisites: NIL
Course Outcomes:

CO1 Students will be able to understand the importance of manufacturing which comprises
materials, processes and systems.
CO2 Students will be able to understand the metal casting, metal working process and able to
perform casting of metals, forging and sheet metal operations through practical classes.
CO3 Students will be able to understand the machining operations, permanent joining
processes. They will be able to perform machining operations on Lathe machine and
joining through arc and gas welding processes.
CO4 Students will be able to learn and perform operations related to carpentry, fitting, plastic
molding, and Computer Numerical Control (CNC) machines.

Course Articulation Matrix:


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 2 1 1 - 2 1 1 - 1 1 1 1
CO2 2 1 1 - - 1 1 - 1 1 1 1
CO3 2 1 1 - - 1 1 - 1 1 1 1
CO4 2 1 1 - 3 1 1 - 1 1 1 1
CO5 2 1 1 - 2 1 1 - 1 1 1 1
Correlation between ME11102 Workshop subject and the PSOs
Name of the B. Tech. Program PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 PSO4
B. Tech. (Civil Engineering) 2 1 1 -
B. Tech (Mechanical Engineering) 3 3
B. Tech (Production & Industrial Engineering) 3 3
B. Tech (Electrical Engineering) 1 1 -

Unit Details No. Hrs


Concept of Manufacturing- Manufacturing definition; Role of materials,
processes and systems in manufacturing; Classification and brief introduction
1 4
of engineering materials such as metals & alloys, Classification and brief
introduction of manufacturing processes
Sand Casting Process of Metals- Elements of Green Sand Mould; Pattern
2 design and making, Method of Preparation of Green Sand Mould; Casting 2
Defects
Metalworking Processes- Classification of Metalworking Processes-brief
3 introduction of bulk and sheet metal processes, Hot Vs Cold Working; Hot 3
and Cold Rolling; Types of Rolling Mills, Forging, Extrusion, Drawing
Machining Processes: Classification of machining processes & machine
4 tools; Construction, Specification, and operations on Lathe Machine and 2
Drilling machine
Fabrication Processes- Classification of Welding Operations, Types of
5 Joints & Welding Positions; Brief description of Arc, Resistance and Gas 3
welding techniques. Brazing and Soldering

Scheme and Syllabi 15 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

List of Practical
1. Safety in Workshop (Demonstration)
Safety precautions and utilization of hand tools and machines of different shops with safe
working habits. Introduction to measuring equipments and gauges of different shops.
2. Carpentry
Study of wood works, types of hand tools and machine. Making of one job involving wood
work joint
3. Fitting
Study of different fits and hand tools. Making of one job involving fitting to size, male-
female fitting with drilling and tapping
4. Welding
Study of electric arc welding and gas welding, tools, types of weld joints and safety
precaution during welding. Making of one joint using electric and gas welding. Students will
be introduced to brazing and soldering (demonstration)
5. Sheet Metal Work
Study of different hand tools, machine and sheet metal joints. Making of one utility job in
sheet metal
6. Foundry
Principles of molding, methods, core & core boxes, preparation of sand mould of given
pattern and casting (demonstration)
7. Black Smithy
Introduction to hot working and Study of forging hand tools, furnace and machine. Making
a job on hot upset forging.
8. Machining
Study of lathe machine, cutting tools and turning related operations. Making of one job on
lathe machine including facing, step and taper turning, threading operations.
9. Plastic Processing
Introduction to plastics and different plastic molding techniques. Study of injection molding
process with demonstration.
10. Computer Numerical Control (CNC)
Introduction to automation & CNC, Assembly of models of CNC, CNC wood router,
engraving and exposure to part programming. Preparation of part program for simple
profiles. Making a job on CNC (Demonstration).
11. Mini Project
Team activity – Fabrication of prototype model based on above practical.

Text Books:
1 Principles of Modern Manufacturing: Materials, Mikell P. Groover John Wiley
Processes and Systems

Scheme and Syllabi 16 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

References:
1 Elements of Workshop Technology S. K. Hajra Choudhury, A. K. Media
(Volume 1: Manufacturing Processes, Hajra Choudhury and N. Roy Promoters &
Volume 2: Machine Tools) Publishers Pvt
Ltd., 2010
2 Manufacturing Engineering and Serope Kalpakjian and Steven R. Pearson, 2013
Technology Schmid
3 Machinery’s Handbook Erik Oberg, Franklin D. Jones, Industrial Press,
Holbrook L. Horton, Henry H. Inc., 2020
Ryffel, and Christopher J.
McCauley Laura Brengelman
4 Mechatronics HMT McGraw Hill
Education, 2017
5 Manufacturing Processes I, NPTEL course
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112107144
6 Fundamentals of manufacturing processes Swayam Course
https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_me71/preview

##

Scheme and Syllabi 17 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Engineering Graphics
ME***** 1-0-2:2
Prerequisites: NIL
Course Outcomes:
.

CO1 Understand the importance and principles of engineering drawing by hand practice and
using computer aided drafting software.
CO2 Understand the isometric and orthographic projections of different objects.
CO3 Create assembly drawing of simple machine components

Course Articulation Matrix:


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 2 3 1 - 3 - - 2 1 2 - 2 2 3
CO2 2 2 2 1 3 - - 2 1 2 - 1 2 2
CO3 3 3 3 2 3 - - 2 1 2 - 1 3 3

Unit Details No. Hrs


1 Introduction to engineering drawing and its importance in real life design 2L+2P
and manufacturing. Standards in drawing practice viz. types of lines,
lettering, dimensioning, scales etc.
2 Introduction to isometric and orthographic projection. Orthographic 4L+8P
projection of points, projection of lines, projection of planes, orthographic
views of solids sketching of the same for conceptualization.
3 Introduction to computer aided drafting software and hands on practice of 2L+6P
orthographic views of solid objects.
4 Sectional views of solid objects and hands on practice of sectional views of 2L+4P
solid objects using computer aided drafting software.
5 Introduction to temporary fasteners (e.g. screwed fasteners, keys, cotters 1L+2P
etc.) Details of screwed fasteners (e.g. bolt, nut, stud, screw etc),
terminology of threads, types (e.g. V, square, acme, single/multi start,
left/right handed etc). Assembly drawing of nut-bolt using computer aided
drafting software.

Text Books:
1 Engineering Drawing Jolhe D. A. Tata McGraw Hill
Education
References:
1 Engineering Drawing Basant Agrawal, C. M. Tata McGraw Hill
Agrawal Education.
2 Machine Drawing K L Narayana, P. New Age International
Kannaiah, K. Venketa publishers
Reddy
3 Machine Drawing includes Ajeet Singh Tata McGraw Hill
AutoCAD Publishing Company Ltd.
4 Elementary Engineering Bhatt ND Charotar Publishing.
Drawing
##

Scheme and Syllabi 18 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Semester-II

Scheme and Syllabi 19 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Computer Based Numerical and Statistical Credits:


MA***** Techniques 2-0-2:3

Prerequisites: Mathematics I
Course Outcomes:
CO1 Students will be able to understand the concept of errors and will be able to find the roots
of some algebraic and transcendental equations.
CO2 Students will be able to formulate the interpolating polynomial with the help of several
interpolation formulas by analyzing and using the data points.
CO3 Students will be able to predict the value of the derivative at an intermediate point for a
given set of data points. Also, they will be able to solve definite integrals using some
numerical techniques and apply the knowledge in research and development activity for
the betterment of society.
CO4 Students will be able to solve a system of linear equations arising in several engineering
problems and find the eigen value and eigenvector of matrices.
CO5 Students will have basic knowledge of statistical techniques and will be able to derive the
probability density function of random variables and calculate the expected value of a
random variable. They will also be able to find several linear and nonlinear regression
curves/planes for a set of data points.

Course Articulation Matrix:


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 3 2 2 1 - - - - 1 - 2 3 3
CO2 3 3 2 2 1 - - - - 1 - 2 3 3
CO3 3 3 2 2 2 - - - - 1 - 2 3 3
CO4 3 3 2 2 1 - - - - 1 - 2 3 3
CO5 3 3 2 2 2 - - - - 1 - 2 3 3

No.
Unit Details
Hrs
1 Errors in Numerical Computation, Algebraic and Transcendental Equations 6
Errors in Numerical Computation and Their Analysis, Bisection Method, Method of
False Position, Iteration Method, Newton-Raphson Method, Rate of Convergence,
Method for complex root: Muller’s Method, Quotient Difference Method
2 Interpolation 7
Introduction, Errors in Polynomial Interpolation, Interpolation by Evenly Spaced
Points: Finite Differences, Missing Terms Technique, Newton’s Forward &
Backward Interpolation Formula, Gauss, Sterling, Bessel’s, Everett’s Formula,
Interpolation by Unevenly Spaced Points: Lagrange Interpolation Formula, Divided
Difference, Newton’s General Interpolation Formula.
3 Numerical Differentiation and Integration 4
Numerical Differentiation, Numerical Integration, Trapezoidal Rule, Simpson’s
1/3Rule, Simpson’s 3/8 Rule, Boole’s & Weddle’s Rules.
4 Numerical Linear Algebra 5
Numerical Techniques for Finding Solution of a System of Linear Equations: LU &
LL* Decomposition Method, Gauss-Jacobi and Gauss-Seidel Iteration Methods,
Power Method for Estimating Eigenvalues.

Scheme and Syllabi 20 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

5 Statistical Computations 4
Random Variables, Discrete and Continuous Random Variables and Their
Probability Distribution, Poisson, Bernoulli and Normal Distribution, Frequency
Chart, Regression Analysis, Least Square Fit, Linear and Non-linear Regression,
Multiple Linear Regression
Text Books:
1 Introductory Methods for Numerical S. S. Sastry Prentice Hall (Fifth
Analysis Edition-2012)
2 Numerical Methods for Scientific and M. K. Jain, S. R. K. Wiley Eastern Ltd.
Engineering Computations Iyenger & R.K. Jain (Sixth Edition-2016)

3 Fundamental of mathematical S. C. Gupta and V. K. S Chand Publication


Statistics Kapoor (Twelfth Edition -
2020)

Reference Books:
1 Applied Numerical Analysis C. F. Gerald and P. O. Pearson Education
Wheatley
2 Numerical Methods for Science and S. Rajashekharan S. Chand Publication
Engineering
3 Numerical Methods for Engineers S. C. Chapra and R. P. McGraW-Hill
Canale Education
4 Statistical Techniques W. George and G. IBH Publications
William

Computer Based Numerical Methods & Statistical Techniques (Lab)

Experiment 1: Make a program to find the derivative of a given polynomial f(x) for a given value
of x.
Experiment 2: Make a program to find the roots of a given polynomial f(x) using the following
methods.
(a) Bisection Method
(b) Method of False Position
(c) Iteration Method
(d) Newton-Raphson Method
(a) Muller’s Method
(b) Quotient-Difference Method
Experiment 3: Make a program to create the following difference tables for a given set of data
points:
(a) Forward Difference Table
(b) Backward Difference Table
(c) Central Difference Table
(d) Divided Difference Table
Experiment 4: Make a program to find the interpolation polynomial/interpolation value of f(x) at a
specified value for evenly spaced data points using the following methods:
(a) Newton’s Forward and Backward Difference Formulae.
(b) Gauss’s, Stirling’s, Bessel’s, and Everett’s interpolation Formulae.
Experiment 5: Make a program to find the interpolation polynomial/interpolation value of f(x) at a
specified value for unevenly spaced data points using the following methods:

Scheme and Syllabi 21 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

(a) Lagrange’s Interpolation Formula.


(b) Newton’s Divided Difference Formula.
Experiment 6: Make a program to find the nth (n=1,2 and 3) derivative of f(x) at a specified value
of x for a given set of data points.
Experiment 7: Make a program to find the numerical integration of f(x) at a specified value of x
for a given set of data points using the following rules.
(a) Trapezoidal Rule
(b) Simpson’s 1/3 Rule
(c) Simpson’s 3/8 Rule
(d) Boole’s and Weddle’s Rule.
Experiment 8: Make a program to find regression curves for a given set of data points using the
following rules:
(a) Linear and Nonlinear Regression
(b) Multiple Linear Regression
##

Scheme and Syllabi 22 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Core Engineering Supportive Course (for other branches)


Course Code: Credits:
Basic Industrial Engineering
ME***** 2-0-0:2
Prerequisites: NIL

Course Outcome
S.N. Outcomes
CO1 Students will be able to identify and use the elements of cost, methods of depreciation and
investment techniques. Productivity, Productivity Measurements and develop
entrepreneurial attitude.
CO2 Students will be able to describe the job evaluation and merit rating.
CO3 Students will be able to implement work study techniques for better productivity and learn
to do work measurement and calculate the standard time for doing a job.
CO4 Students will be able to describe and use different material handling devices,

Course Articulation Matrix:


Program Outcomes
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 3 2 2 - - - 3 2 2 2 2 3
CO2 2 2 2 - - 1 2 2 2 2 3 2
CO3 3 2 2 1 - 1 2 2 2 1 2 3
CO4 3 2 2 2 2 - 3 2 2 2 2 2

Unit Details No.


Hrs
1 Introduction, Engineering Economy and Costing-Plant Location and Layouts, 8
Production Systems, Cost Analysis, Break-even Analysis, Methods of Depreciation,
2 Concepts of Production and Productivity, Productivity Measurements.
3 Job evaluation, Benefits of Job evaluation, Methods of Job evaluation, Merit Rating, 12
Methods of Merit Rating, Requirements for success of Merit Rating System,
4 Work Measurement, Time Study, PMTS, Work Sampling, Method Study, Micro 8
Motion Study, Principles of Motion Economy.
5 Material Handling System- principles, types, and devices. 6

Text/Reference Books
1 Introduction to Industrial and System Turner, W.C, et. al Prentice Hall, 1993
Engineering
2 Operations and industrial management, Del Mar, Donald McGraw-Hill,2007
Designing and managing for productivity
3 Motion and Time Study: Design and Ralph M. Barnes Wiley Publishers
Measurement of Work
4 Human Factors Engineering Chandler Allen Phillips John Wiley and Sons,
New York
##

Scheme and Syllabi 23 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Non-conventional Energy Resources
ME***** 3-0-0:3

Pre-requisites: NIL
Course Outcomes:

CO1 Understand the concept of energy crisis, non-conventional energy resources, availability
and their importance.
CO2 Understand various methods to harness non-conventional energy resources.
CO3 Apply the methods for better harness, conversion techniques, and utilization of non-
conventional energy resources.
CO4 Analyse various problems, limitations, complexities and performances of power plants
based on non-conventional energy resources.
Course Articulation Matrix:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 2
CO2 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 2
CO3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Unit Details No. Hrs


1 Introduction: The energy crisis – causes and options, various conventional 4
and non-conventional forms of energy and their characteristics, availability
of non-conventional energy and land area requirements.
2 Solar energy: Introduction, Solar radiation, Sun-Earth angles, Measurement 6
of solar radiation at the earth’s surface, Types of collectors such as flat-plate
and concentrating collectors, solar thermal power generation, solar ponds
and energy storage. Principle of Solar photovoltaic, materials, mono-
crystalline, polycrystalline and amorphous silicon cells and their production
technology, I-V characteristics, parameters of performance, modules, array
and PV plant configurations and power generation.
3 Biomass energy: Introduction, Incineration, Thermo-chemical and 5
biochemical conversion to solid, liquid and gaseous fuels; Production
technologies for bio-ethanol, biogas and producer gas, Urban waste to
energy processes.
4 Ocean, Wave and Tidal energy: Introduction, Ocean thermal energy 5
conversion (OTEC) – closed and open cycles and their limitations, Wave
energy and its conversion processes, Tidal energy – nature of the tides and
tidal barrages for power generation.
5 Wind energy: Fundamentals, power in the wind, site selection, maximum 5
power coefficient, wind turbine and its types – horizontal axis and vertical
axis machines, performance of wind machines, wind energy farms.
6 Geothermal energy: Introduction, Geothermal energy resources, Hot aquifers 4
and hot dry rock systems, geothermal electric power plants.
7 Other Technologies: Magnetohydrodynamics (MHD) Energy conversion, 4
Fuel Cells, Nuclear Energy, Hydrogen, Methanol, Energy Storage.

Scheme and Syllabi 24 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Text Books:
1 Renewable Energy Sources and D.P. Kothari, K.C. PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., New
Emerging Technologies Singal and R. Ranjan Delhi
2 Solar Energy-Fundamentals, G.N. Tiwari Narosa Publishing House, New
Design, Modeling & Applications’ Delhi, India

References:

1 Advanced Renewable Energy G.N. Tiwari and R.K. RSC Publishing, Cambridge,
Sources Mishra U.K
2 Biogas Systems: Principles and K.M Mittal New Age International
Applications Limited Publishers.
3 Wind Energy Come of Age Gipe P John Wiley and sons, New
York.
4 Solar Energy Fundamentals S. Kalogirou Academic Press
5 Solar Photovoltaics: C.S. Solanki PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., New
FundamentalsTechnologies and Delhi
Applications
6 Energy Technology (Non S. Rao, BB Parulekar Khanna Publishers
Conventional, Renewable And
Conventional)
##

Scheme and Syllabi 25 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Introduction to Engineering and Design
ME***** 2-1-0:3
Prerequisites: NIL
Course Outcomes:
CO1 Students will be able to develop an understanding of the engineering & Technology in
general.
CO2 Students will be able to develop an understanding on how design differs in same category
of products.
CO3 Students will be able to identify the needs that is to fulfilled by a product
CO4 Students will be able to understand how different approach leads to difference in cost and
complexity.
Course Articulation Matrix:
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 2 - 2 3 3 2 3 2 - 3 2 2
CO2 3 2 2 - 2 3 3 2 3 2 - 3 2 2
CO3 3 2 2 - 2 3 3 2 3 2 - 3 2 2
CO4 3 2 2 - 2 3 3 2 3 2 - 3 2 2

No.
Unit Details
Hrs
1 Introduction to General Engineering 7
What is Engineering? Difference between Science, Engineering & Technology. History
of Engineering. Engineering functions, Characteristics of engineers. Traits of engineers.
Engineering Design; Engineering challenges; Ethics; Communication skills; Team
work; Attitude. Creative thinking- Invention- innovation & inventiveness in a
society.
2 Introduction of Engineering Design – needs assessment, problem formulation, concept 7
selection modelling, abstraction, synthesis, economic analysis, materials selection and
manufacturing processes. Case histories for illustrating the success and failure in
engineering design.
3 Concepts of Manufacturing, Casting Processes, Plastics Processing, Metal working 7
Processes, Machining Processes, Fabrication Processes, a glimpse of modern
manufacturing processes through different case studies.
4 Simple hands on projects, Intellectual Property Rights. 7
Reference Books:
1 Engineering by Design Gerard Voland 2nd Edition, Pearson, (2004).
2 Engineering Design George E Dieter Linda Design, Indian Edition (2016)
C Schmidt
3 Product Design & Development Karl T. Ulrich, Steven McGraw Hill Publishers
D Eppinger
4 Human Factors in Engineering Mark S sanders & McGraw Hill Publishers.
Design Ernst J
5 Introduction to Engineering Robert J. Pond, 7th Edition, Prentice Hall, 2009
Technology Jeffrey L. Rankinen
6 Engineering Fundamentals: An Saeed Moaveni 4th Edition, Cengage Learning
Introduction to Engineering India Pvt. Ltd, (2011)
##

Scheme and Syllabi 26 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Engineering Innovation and Design
ME***** 2-0-1: 3

Prerequisites: NIL
Course Outcomes:

CO1 Students will be able to visualize the need for engineering for serving the society better
CO2 Students will be able to feel themselves more knowledgeable- at the end of the course.
CO3 Students will be able to identify needs and be able to suggest different alternative solutions
considering cost constraints.
CO4 Students will be able to have a watchful eye on happenings in their surrounding for creative
analyses. Possibility of taking up entrepreneurship activity, possibility of coming up with
new ideas leading to IPR.

Course Articulation Matrix:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 - - - 2 2 2
CO2 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 - - - 2 2 2
CO3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 - - - 2 2 2
CO4 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 - - - 2 2 2

Unit Details No. Hrs


1 Introduction Design & innovation, Who designs & develops products, 8
Industrial & Practical examples. Projects.
2 Creative thinking- Invention- innovation & inventiveness in a society. 6
3 A Generic Development Process & Concept Development. 6
4 Identifying Customer Needs, Concept Generation, Concept Selection 6
5 Product Architecture, Industrial Design, Intellectual Property Rights 6

References:
1. Product Design & Development- Karl T. Ulrich, Steven D Eppinger, McGraw Hill
Publishers.
2. Gerard Voland, Engineering by Design, Pearson,
3. Human Factors in Engineering Design- Mark S sanders & Ernst J. Mc Cornick McGraw Hill
Publishers.
4. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/esd-051j-engineering-innovation-and-design-fall-
2012/video_galleries/lecture-notes-and-videos/

##

Scheme and Syllabi 27 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Workshop and Manufacturing Processes
ME***** 1-0-2:2

Prerequisites: NIL
Course Outcomes:

CO1 Students will be able to understand the importance of manufacturing which comprises
materials, processes and systems.
CO2 Students will be able to understand the metal casting, metal working process and able to
perform casting of metals, forging and sheet metal operations through practical classes.
CO3 Students will be able to understand the machining operations, permanent joining
processes. They will be able to perform machining operations on Lathe machine and
joining through arc and gas welding processes.
CO4 Students will be able to learn and perform operations related to carpentry, fitting, plastic
molding, and Computer Numerical Control (CNC) machines.
Course Articulation Matrix:
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 2 1 1 - 2 1 1 - 1 1 1 1
CO2 2 1 1 - - 1 1 - 1 1 1 1
CO3 2 1 1 - - 1 1 - 1 1 1 1
CO4 2 1 1 - 3 1 1 - 1 1 1 1
CO5 2 1 1 - 2 1 1 - 1 1 1 1
Correlation between ME11102 Workshop subject and the PSOs
Name of the B. Tech. Program PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 PSO4
B. Tech. (Civil Engineering) 2 1 1 -
B. Tech (Mechanical Engineering) 3 3
B. Tech (Production & Industrial Engineering) 3 3

No.
Unit Details
Hrs
1 Concept of Manufacturing- Manufacturing definition; Role of materials, 4
processes and systems in manufacturing; Classification and brief introduction
of engineering materials such as metals & alloys, Classification and brief
introduction of manufacturing processes
2 Sand Casting Process of Metals- Elements of Green Sand Mould; Pattern 2
design and making, Method of Preparation of Green Sand Mould; Casting
Defects
3 Metalworking Processes- Classification of Metalworking Processes-brief 3
introduction of bulk and sheet metal processes, Hot Vs Cold Working; Hot and
Cold Rolling; Types of Rolling Mills, Forging, Extrusion, Drawing
4 Machining Processes: Classification of machining processes & machine 2
tools; Construction, Specification, and operations on Lathe Machine and
Drilling machine
5 Fabrication Processes- Classification of Welding Operations, Types of Joints 3
& Welding Positions; Brief description of Arc, Resistance and Gas welding
techniques. Brazing and Soldering

Scheme and Syllabi 28 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

List of Practical
1. Safety in Workshop (Demonstration)
Safety precautions and utilization of hand tools and machines of different shops with safe
working habits. Introduction to measuring equipments and gauges of different shops.
2. Carpentry
Study of wood works, types of hand tools and machine. Making of one job involving wood
work joint
3. Fitting
Study of different fits and hand tools. Making of one job involving fitting to size, male-
female fitting with drilling and tapping
4. Welding
Study of electric arc welding and gas welding, tools, types of weld joints and safety
precaution during welding. Making of one joint using electric and gas welding. Students will
be introduced to brazing and soldering (demonstration)
5. Sheet Metal Work
Study of different hand tools, machine and sheet metal joints. Making of one utility job in
sheet metal
6. Foundry
Principles of molding, methods, core & core boxes, preparation of sand mould of given
pattern and casting (demonstration)
7. Black Smithy
Introduction to hot working and Study of forging hand tools, furnace and machine. Making
a job on hot upset forging.
8. Machining
Study of lathe machine, cutting tools and turning related operations. Making of one job on
lathe machine including facing, step and taper turning, threading operations.
9. Plastic Processing
Introduction to plastics and different plastic molding techniques. Study of injection molding
process with demonstration.
10. Computer Numerical Control (CNC)
Introduction to automation & CNC, Assembly of models of CNC, CNC wood router,
engraving and exposure to part programming. Preparation of part program for simple
profiles. Making a job on CNC (Demonstration).
11. Mini Project
Team activity – Fabrication of prototype model based on above practical.

Text Books:
1 Fundamental of Modern Manufacturing: Materials, Mikell P. Groover John Wiley
Processes and Systems

References:
1 Elements of Workshop Technology S. K. Hajra Choudhury, A. Media Promoters &
(Volume 1: Manufacturing Processes, K. Hajra Choudhury and N. Publishers Pvt Ltd., 2010

Scheme and Syllabi 29 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Volume 2: Machine Tools) Roy


2 Manufacturing Engineering and Serope Kalpakjian and Pearson, 2013
Technology Steven R. Schmid
3 Machinery’s Handbook Erik Oberg, Franklin D. Industrial Press, Inc.,
Jones, Holbrook L. Horton, 2020
Henry H. Ryffel, and
Christopher J. McCauley
Laura Brengelman
4 Mechatronics HMT McGraw Hill Education,
2017
5 Manufacturing Processes I, NPTEL course
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112107144
6 Fundamentals of manufacturing processes Swayam Course
https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_me71/preview

##

Scheme and Syllabi 30 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Engineering Graphics
ME***** 1-0-2:3

Prerequisites: NIL
Course Outcomes:

CO1 Understand the importance and principles of engineering drawing by hand practice and
using computer aided drafting software.
CO2 Understand the isometric and orthographic projections of different objects.
CO3 Create assembly drawing of simple machine components
Course Articulation Matrix:
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 2 3 1 - 3 - - 2 1 2 - 2 2 3
CO2 2 2 2 1 3 - - 2 1 2 - 1 2 2
CO3 3 3 3 2 3 - - 2 1 2 - 1 3 3

Unit Details No. Hrs


1 Introduction to engineering drawing and its importance in real life design and 2L+2P
manufacturing. Standards in drawing practice viz. types of lines, lettering,
dimensioning, scales etc.
2 Introduction to isometric and orthographic projection. Orthographic projection 4L+8P
of points, projection of lines, projection of planes, orthographic views of solids
sketching of the same for conceptualization.
3 Introduction to computer aided drafting software and hands on practice of 2L+6P
orthographic views of solid objects.
4 Sectional views of solid objects and hands on practice of sectional views of 2L+4P
solid objects using computer aided drafting software.
5 Introduction to temporary fasteners (e.g. screwed fasteners, keys, cotters etc.) 1L+2P
Details of screwed fasteners (e.g. bolt, nut, stud, screw etc), terminology of
threads, types (e.g. V, square, acme, single/multi start, left/right handed etc).
Assembly drawing of nut-bolt using computer aided drafting software.

Text Books:
1 Engineering Drawing Jolhe D. A. Tata McGraw Hill Education

References:
1 Engineering Drawing Basant Agrawal, C. M. Tata McGraw Hill
Agrawal Education.
2 Machine Drawing K L Narayana, P. Kannaiah, New Age International
K. Venketa Reddy publishers
3 Machine Drawing includes Ajeet Singh Tata McGraw Hill
AutoCAD Publishing Company Ltd.
4 Elementary Engineering Bhatt ND Charotar Publishing.
Drawing
##

Scheme and Syllabi 31 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Semester III

Scheme and Syllabi 32 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Mechanics of Materials
AM***** 3-0-0:3
Prerequisite: NIL
Course Outcomes
S.N. Outcomes BT BT
Level Description
CO1 Understand the concept of internal forces and moments, stress, strain, 2 Understand
deformations in members subjected to axial, bending and torsional
loads
CO2 Understand the concepts of stress and strain at a point, and principal 2 Understand
stress and strain to solve the problems of engineering elasticity
CO3 Apply the concepts to calculate stress, strain, and displacements in 3 Apply
mechanical structures and components containing the fundamental
elements such as beams, shaft, shells and springs
CO4 Analyse the mechanical engineering structures and components for 4 Analyse
safer mechanical design by considering appropriate failure criteria
and the design requirements.

Course Articulation Matrix:


CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 2 2 1 - 2 1 2 2 1 1 3 3
CO2 3 3 2 2 1 - 2 1 1 2 1 1 3 3
CO3 3 3 2 2 1 - 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 3 3

Unit Content Lectures


1 Analysis of Stress and Strain: Uniaxial Stress and Strain, Hooke’s Law, 6
Stress-Strain Curves, Elastic Constants, Strain Energy, Statically Indeterminate
Problems, Thermal Effects, Impact Loading.
2 Biaxial Stress and Strain: Stress at a Point, Stress Transformation, Analysis 8
of Strain, Strain-Displacement Relations, Strain Transformation, Strain
Measurements, Principal Stresses and Strain
3 Bending and Shear Stresses: Shear Force and Bending Moment Diagrams, 6
Pure Bending, Normal Stress and Shear Stresses in beams, Composite Beams
4 Torsion of Shaft, Springs, and Pressure Vessels: Torsion of Circular Shaft, 6
Power Transmitted by a Shaft, Compound Shaft, Combined Loadings, Thin-
Walled Shells, and Springs (Open and Closed Coils)
5 Deflections of Beams: Equation of Elastic Curve, Methods for Determining 8
Deflections: Double Integration, Macaulay’s Method, Moment-Area Method,
Castigliano’s Theorem
6 Columns and Theories of Failure: Euler’s Theory for Long Columns, 6
Rankine-Gordon Formula, Eccentrically Loaded Columns, Theories of failure

Scheme and Syllabi 33 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Text Books
1. Mechanics of Materials, Gere and Timoshenko, CBS Publications.
2. Introduction to Mechanics of Solids, Crandall, Dahl and Lardener, Tata Mcgraw Hill
Publications.
3. Mechanics of materials, Hibbeler, R.C., 2005, Pearson Education.
Reference Books
1. Elements of Strength of Materials, S.P. Timoshenko and D.H. Young, East-West Press Pvt.
Ltd. Publications.
2. Mechanics of Materials, Pytel and Kiusalaas, Cengage Learning Publications.
3. Mechanics of Materials, E. P. Popov, Prentics Hall Publications.
4. Strength of Materials, G. H. Ryder, Macmillan India Limited.
5. Strength of Materials, Pytel and Singer, Harpercollins College division publications.
6. Mechanics of Materials, Riley, Struges and Morris, John Wiley & Sons.

##

Scheme and Syllabi 34 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Material Testing Lab
AM***** 0-0-2:1

Course Outcome

S.N. Outcomes
CO-1 To understand microstructural and mechanical behavior of materials for common metals,
glass, and composites
CO-2 To experimentally analyse the mechanical properties of materials such as common metals
and composites
CO-3 To analyze the behavior of materials under tension, torsion and bending, shear, and impact
CO-4 To understand the mechanical testing of materials to design safe mechanical components

Course Articulation Matrix:


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 2 3 1 1 - 1 2 1 - - 2 2
CO2 3 2 2 3 1 1 - 1 2 1 - - 2 2
CO3 3 2 2 3 1 1 - 1 2 1 - - 2 2
CO4 3 2 3 3 1 1 - 1 2 1 - - 3 2

List of Experiments
Unit
1 Specimen preparation by cutting, grinding, polishing and etching of given materials for
comparative micro-structural examination.
2 To perform the Tensile Test on Universal Testing Machine (UTM) for Mild Steel Specimen
and draw the stress strain curve. Using stress strain curve find out the following: (a) Yield
Stress (b) Ultimate Stress (c) Breaking Stress (d) Percentage Elongation (e) Percent
Reduction in Area (f) Modulus of Elasticity.
3 To predict creep characteristics of given materials by plotting strain vs. time curves for
different loadings.
4 To study the effect of surface treatment (Etching) on the strength of glass.
5 To perform Torsion Test on Torsion Testing Machine for Mild Steel Specimen and draw
Torque-Twist curve. Using Torque-Twist curve find the following (a) Modulus of Rigidity
of the material (b) Yield point value and ultimate point value of the Torque
6 Fabrication and mechanical testing of composite materials made by hand-layup technique in
the laboratory.
7 To study the fatigue behavior of different materials.
8 To perform the Impact Test on Impact Testing Machines using (a) Charpy Test (b) Izod Test
and find the Impact Strength of the material.
9 To perform the Beam Bending Test on Beam Bending Apparatus and find the value of
Modulus of Elasticity by measurement of slope & deflection of the beam and draw Load Vs
Deflection Curve.
10 To perform the Shear Test on Shear Testing Machine for Wooden Specimen and find the
Maximum Shear Stress (parallel to grain) of the Wood.

Scheme and Syllabi 35 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Reference Books

1. Pytel A H and Singer F L, “Strength of Materials”, 4th Edition, Harper Collins, New Delhi,
1987.
2. Beer P F and Johnston (Jr) E R, “Mechanics of Materials” SI Version, Tata McGraw Hill,
India, 2001.
3. Timoshenko S P and Young D H, “Elements of Strength of Materials”, 5th Edition, East
West Press, New Dlehi, 1984.
4. Bedi D S, “Strength of Materials”, 3rd Edition, Khanna Publishing Company 3rd Edition,
New Delhi, 2000.
5. Jindal U C, “Introduction to Strength of Materials”, GalgotiaPublsihing Private Limited 3rd
Edition, New Delhi, 2001.
6. William D. Callister Jr., David G. Rethwisch “Materials Science and Engineering: An
Introduction”.
7. Raghavan V “Materials Science and Engineering: A First Course”.

##

Scheme and Syllabi 36 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Energy Conversion Technologies
ME***** 3-0-0:3

Prerequisites: Engineering Thermodynamics


Course Outcomes:

CO1 Students will be able to understand the concept of Energy Conversion Technologies and
systems.
CO2 Students will be able to Identify the components related to steam power plants and
internal combustion engines along with their working principle
CO3 Students will be able to do the thermal analysis of the Energy Conversion Technologies
along with the analysis of the effects of different performance parameter
CO4 Students will be able to do critical analysis and of the systems and suggests methods to
enhance the performance of the Energy Conversion systems

Course Articulation Matrix:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3
CO2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3
CO3 3 3 3 2 3 2 1 1 1 1 3 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 2 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3

Unit Details No. Hrs


1 Review of Carnot and Rankine cycle, Effect of operating conditions on thermal 8
efficiency of Rankine cycle, Principle methods of increasing thermal efficiency,
Deviation of actual cycle from theoretical cycle, Efficiencies, Requirement of
ideal working fluid, Binary vapour cycle, Regenerative feed heating cycles,
Reheating and regenerative cycles.
2 Classification of nozzles and diffusers. Steady flow energy equation through 7
nozzles, momentum equation. Nozzle and diffuser efficiencies. Principles of
working of steam turbines, classification comparison, and velocity diagram for
impulse and reaction turbines, losses in steam turbines, state point locus and reheat
factor.
3 Function of boilers, Classification of boilers, modern boilers, heat absorption in 5
water tube boilers, circulation in down comer-riser circuits and their sizing, steam
drum and internal, mountings and accessories, Function of condenser, condensing
system, surface and jet condensers, mass of circulating water, condenser and
vacuum efficiency, Cooling tower: construction details and analysis.
4 Engine Geometry, Performance Parameters, Air standard Cycle and their 8
Analysis, Fuel-air Cycle and their Analysis, Actual cycle and their analysis, Inlet
and exhaust processes in the four-stroke cycle, Valve timing diagram, Volumetric
efficiency, Scavenging in two-stroke cycle engines and supercharging and Turbo
charging. SI Engine combustion and CI Engine combustion.
5 Classification, Ideal Cycles and their analysis, Design Point Performance 6
Calculations, Comparative Performance of Practical Cycles, Combined Cycle and
Cogeneration Schemes, closed cycle gas turbines

Scheme and Syllabi 37 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Text Books:
1 Power Plant Engineering PK Nag McGraw Hill
2 Internal Combustion Engine Fundamentals Heywood, John B. McGraw-Hill

References:

1 Power Plant Technology M.M. El-Wakil McGrawHill


Internal Edition
2 Internal Combustion Engines, McGraw-Hill (India). Ganeshan, V. McGraw-Hill (India).

##

Scheme and Syllabi 38 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Energy Conversion Technologies Lab
ME***** 0-0-2:1

Prerequisites: Concepts of Thermodynamics, Fluid Mechanics and Heat Transfer

Course Outcomes:

CO1 Students will be able to apply the concepts of thermodynamic, fluid mechanics and heat transfer

CO2 Students will be able to solve problems related to energy conversion techniques
CO3 Students will be able tocritically analyze the results and identify the problems in the systems
and rectify them
CO4 Students will be able to prepare the reports of experiments in a format that a technically
competent person can follow and obtain the similar findings.

Course Articulation Matrix:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 - 2 3
CO2 2 2 1 1 - - 1 - - 2 - - 2 1
CO3 2 2 1 3 1 1 2 - - 3 - 2 2 2
CO4 3 3 1 3 1 1 3 1 1 2 1 2 3 3

Exp. No. Details No.


Hrs
1. Study and performance of complete steam power plant 2
Study and performance of Nestler Boiler (To find the equivalent evaporation, Boiler 2
2.
efficiency and prepare the heat balance)
3. Study and performance of Steam Turbine 2
4. Study and performance of surface condenser 2
5. To find the dryness fraction of wet steam using separation throttling calorimeter 2

Study of 600 Rovers Gas Turbine and to draw the air fuel, lubrication and power 2
6.
cycles
7. Study of 2-Stroke and 4-stroke C.I. & S.I. Engine with valve timing diagram. 2
Disassembly of single cylinder Diesel Engine & Assembly of single cylinder Diesel 2
8. Engine.
9. Performance characteristic of multi-cylinder C.I. Engine. (Willan’s line method) 2
10. Performance characteristic of single cylinder diesel engine. 2
11. Study and performance characteristics of MPFI Engine and Morse test. 2

Scheme and Syllabi 39 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Text Books:
1 Power Plant Engineering PK Nag McGraw Hill
2 Internal Combustion Engine Heywood, John B. McGraw-Hill,.
Fundamentals

References:

1 Power Plant Technology M.M. El-Wakil McGraw Hill


Internal Edition
2 Internal Combustion Engines, Ganeshan, V. McGraw-Hill (India).
McGraw-Hill (India).

##

Scheme and Syllabi 40 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines
AM***** 3-0-0:3

Prerequisite: NIL
Course Outcomes:
CO1 To give fundamental knowledge of fluid, its properties, hydrostatic laws and application
of mass, momentum and energy equation in fluid flow.
CO2 To develop understanding about Dimensional Analysis, different types of flows and
losses in a flow systems
CO3 To learn the importance of flow measurements and its applications in Industries.
CO4 To develop basic knowledge of hydraulic machines and its applications.

Course Articulation Matrix:


CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 1 1 1 - - - - - - 2 3 2
CO2 3 2 1 1 2 - - - - - - 1 3 2
CO3 - - 2 - 2 - - - - - - - 3 3
CO4 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - 2 3 3

Unit Contents Lecture


Hours
1 Introduction to Fluid Mechanics- Statics and Kinematics: Physical 08
properties of fluids, Rheology of fluids, Hydrostatic pressure on plane and
curved surfaces, centre of pressure, Kinematics of Fluid flow: Types of fluid
flows, Description of motion, continuity equation, stream function and
velocity potential, applications of potential flow.
2 Dynamics of Fluid Flow and Dimensional Analysis: Euler’s Equation of 08
motion, Bernoulli’s equation and its applications, Pitot tube, Orifice, Venturi,
nozzle and bend meter. Reynolds transport theorem, Momentum equation
(Navier-Stokes equation). Dimensional Analysis and similarity,
Buckingham’s Pi theorem, Important dimensionless numbers and their
physical significance.
3 Laminar and Turbulent Flows: Equation of motion for laminar flow 07
through pipes, Stokes law, isotropic and homogenous turbulence, scale and
intensity of turbulence, eddy viscosity, Prandtl’s mixing length theory,
velocity distribution in turbulent flow over smooth and rough surfaces, minor
losses, pipe in series and parallel.
4 Boundary Layer: Displacement, momentum and energy thickness, boundary 07
layer over a flat plate, Prandtl boundary layer equation, laminar and turbulent
boundary layer, application of momentum equation, separation and its control,
drag and lift, drag on a sphere, 2D cylinder and aerofoil, Magnus effect.
5 Introduction to Hydraulic Machines: Hydraulic Turbines: Introduction to 10

Scheme and Syllabi 41 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Hydroelectric power station and its components, Classification of turbines,


Heads and efficiencies, Pelton wheel, Francis and Kaplan turbines, specific
speed and unit quantities, Characteristic curves. Pumps: Centrifugal Pumps,
specific speed, priming, Characteristic curves, Reciprocating pumps,
Comparison between Centrifugal and Reciprocating pumps. Cavitation in
pumps and turbines.

Text Books:
1. Fox, R.W., McDonald, A.T., “Introduction to Fluid Mechanics, 7th edition”, Wiley India.
2. Som, S.K., Biswas G, and Chakraborty, S., “Introduction of Fluid Mechanics & Fluid
Machines”, TMH, New Delhi.
3. Milton Van Dyke, “Album of Fluid Motion”, Parabolic Press.

Reference Books:
1. F. M. White, “Fluid Mechanics,” 7th Edition, McGraw- Hill, India.
2. Shames, I.H., Mechanics of Fluids, McGraw Hill, International Students Edition.
3. Jagdish Lal, Fluid Mechanics, Metropolitan Book Company Ltd., Delhi.
4. Vijay Gupta and S.K.Gupta, ‘Fluid Mechanics and its Applications’, Wiley Eastern Ltd,
1984.

##

Scheme and Syllabi 42 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines Lab
AM***** 0-0-2:1
Pre-requisites: NIL
Course Outcome

S.N. Outcomes
CO1 Students will be able to Understand engineering applications of basic fluid mechanics.
CO2 Students will be able to identify hydraulic machines types and components.
CO3 Students will be able to apply principles of fluid mechanics to analyse the performance of
Hydraulic machines.
Course Articulation Matrix:

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 2 2 - 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 1
CO2 3 1 1 1 3 2 2 2 2 3 1
CO3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 2 2 2 3 3 3

Unit Content
1 Experiment 1: To verify the momentum equation using the experimental set-up on
diffusion of submerged air jet.
2 Experiment 2: To study the boundary layer velocity profile over a flat plate and to
determine the boundary layer thickness.
3 Experiment 3: To study the transition from laminar to turbulent flow and to
determine the lower critical Reynolds number.
4 Experiment 4: To study the variation of friction factor ‘f ’ for turbulent flow in
commercial pipes.
5 Experiment 5: To calibrate an orifice meter, venture meter, and bend meter and
study the variation of the co-efficient of discharge with the Reynolds number.
6 Experiment 6: To study the impact of jets in a flat plate.
7 Experiment 7: To study performance of a Pelton wheel/ Francis turbine/ Kaplan
Turbine.
8 Experiment 8: To study performance of two Centrifugal pumps connected in series
and parallel.
9 Experiment 9: To study performance of a Reciprocating pump.

Text Books:
1. Singh, S. Experiments in Fluid Mechanics, PHI Learning, New Delhi.
2. Prakash, M. N. S., Experiments in Hydraulics and Hydraulic Machines: Theory and
Procedures, PHI Learning, New Delhi.
3. Majumdar, B., Fluid Mechanics with Laboratory Manual, PHI Learning, New Delhi.

Scheme and Syllabi 43 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

References

1. “Instrumentation, Measurements & Experiments Fluids”, E. Rathakrishnan, CRC Press, NY,


2007.
2. “Low-Speed Wind Tunnel Testing”, A. Pope and J.J. Harper, John Wiley & Sons Inc., NY,
1966.
3. “Experimental Methods for Engineers”, J.P. Holman, McGraw-Hill Inc., NY, 2001.
th
4. “Design & Analysis of Experiments”, D.C. Montgomery, Wiley, 7 ed., 2009.

##

Scheme and Syllabi 44 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Industrial Engineering
ME***** 3-0-0:3
Prerequisites: NIL
COURSE OUTCOME

S. N. Outcomes
CO1 Students will be able to identify and use the elements of cost, methods of depreciation and
investment techniques. Productivity, Productivity Measurements and develop
entrepreneurial attitude.

CO2 Students will be able to describe the job evaluation, merit rating and wage-incentive
plans.
CO3 Students will be able to iimplement work study techniques for better productivity and
learn to do work measurement and calculate the standard time for doing a job.
CO4 Students will be able to describe and use different material handling devices, repair and
maintenance methods.
CO5 Students will be able to learn and describe learn about Maintenance Management and
Probabilistic Failure causes.

Course Articulation Matrix:

Program Outcomes
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 3 2 2 - - - 3 2 2 2 2 3
CO2 2 2 2 - - 1 2 2 2 2 3 2
CO3 3 2 2 1 - 1 2 2 2 1 2 3
CO4 3 2 2 2 2 - 3 2 2 2 2 2
CO5 2 2 2 - 2 1 3 2 2 2 3 3

Module Details No. Hrs


1. Introduction, Engineering Economy and Costing-Plant Location and Layouts, 8
Production Systems, Cost Analysis, Break-even Analysis, Methods of
Depreciation, Investment/Replacement analysis, Concepts of Production and
Productivity, Productivity Measurements.
2. Job evaluation, Benefits of Job evaluation, Methods of Job evaluation, Merit 12
Rating, Methods of Merit Rating, Requirements for success of Merit Rating
System, Objectives of a Good Wage-Incentive Plan, Basis of a Good Wage-
Incentive Plan, Types of Wage-Incentive Plans.
3. Work Measurement, Time Study, PMTS, Work Sampling, Method Study, 8
Micro Motion Study, Principles of Motion Economy.
4. Material Handling System- principles, types, and devices. 6
5. Maintenance Management- Probabilistic Failure and Repair Times, Preventive 4
Maintenance and Replacement, Total Preventive Maintenance, Concurrent
Engineering- steps and CE Environment.

Scheme and Syllabi 45 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Text/Reference Books
1. Turner, W.C., et. al., 1993, “Introduction to Industrial and System Engineering”, Prentice Hall.
2. Del Mar, Donald, “Operations and industrial management: designing and managing for
productivity”, McGraw-Hill,2007
3. Ralph M. Barnes, “Motion and Time Study: Design and Measurement of Work”, Wiley
Publishers
4. Chandler Allen Phillips, “Human Factors Engineering”, John Wiley and Sons, New York,

##

Scheme and Syllabi 46 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Heat and Mass Transfer
ME***** 3-0-0:3

Prerequisites: Engineering Thermodynamics


Course Outcomes:

CO1 Understand the basic modes of heat and mass transfer.


CO2 Apply principles of heat and mass transfer to predict transfer coefficients
CO3 Analyze working of various heat transfer equipment
CO4 Design heat and mass transfer equipment.

Course Articulation Matrix:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3
CO2 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 3 2
CO3 2 3 3 2 3 2 1 1 3 2 3
CO4 3 2 3 2 3 2 1 1 3 3 3

No.
Unit Details
Hrs
1 Introduction to Heat Transfer-Modes of Heat transfer; Conduction, convection 7
and radiation; Effect of temperature on thermal conductivity of materials;
Introduction to combined heat transfer mechanism.
Conduction-One-dimensional general differential heat conduction equation in
the rectangular, cylindrical and spherical coordinate systems; Initial and
boundary conditions.
Steady State one-dimensional Heat Conduction-Composite Systems in
rectangular, cylindrical and spherical coordinates with and without energy
generation; Thermal resistance concept; Analogy between heat and electricity
flow; Thermal contact resistance; Critical thickness of insulation.
Two dimensional steady state heat conduction-solution by Numerical
Relaxation method.
2 Fins-Heat transfer from extended surfaces, Fins of uniform cross-sectional 5
area; Errors of measurement of temperature in thermometer wells.
Transient Conduction-Transient heat conduction; Lumped heat capacity
method; Time constant; Unsteady state heat conduction in one dimension only,
Heisler charts.
3 Convective heat transfer fundamentals-Newton’s law of cooling, Types of 6
convective heat transfer, Laminar and Turbulent flows, Hydrodynamic
boundary layer, Thermal boundary layer, Non-dimensional numbers,
Buckingham Pi Theorem.
Forced Convection-Flow over a flat plate; Approximate integral boundary
layer analysis; Analogy between momentum and heat transfer in turbulent flow
over a flat surface; Mixed boundary layer; Flow across a single cylinder and a
sphere; Flow inside ducts; Empirical heat transfer relations; Relation between
fluid friction and heat transfer; Liquid metal heat transfer.
Natural Convection-Physical mechanism of natural convection; Buoyant force;

Scheme and Syllabi 47 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Empirical heat transfer relations for natural convection over vertical planes and
cylinders, horizontal plates and cylinders, and sphere; Combined free and
forced convection.
4 Thermal Radiation-Basic radiation concepts; Radiation properties of surfaces; 5
Black body radiation Planck’s law, Wein’s displacement law, Stefan
Boltzmann law, Kirchoff’s law; Gray body; Shape factor; Black-body
radiation; Radiation exchange between diffuse non black bodies in an
enclosure; Radiation shields; Radiation combined with conduction and
convection.
5 Heat Exchanger-Types of heat exchangers; Fouling factors; Overall heat 4
transfer coefficient; Logarithmic mean temperature difference (LMTD)
method; Effectiveness-NTU method; Compact heat exchangers.
6 Condensation and Boiling-Introduction to condensation phenomena; Heat 4
transfer relations for laminar film condensation on vertical surfaces and on
outside & inside of a horizontal tube; Effect of non-condensable gases;
Dropwise condensation; Heat pipes; Boiling modes, pool boiling; Hysteresis in
boiling curve; Forced convective boiling.
7 Introduction to Mass Transfer-Introduction; Fick's law of diffusion; Steady 3
state equimolar counter diffusion; Steady state diffusion though a stagnant gas
film.

Text Books:
1 Fundamentals of Heat & Mass Incropera F.P., Dewitt.D.P. John Wiley & Sons (Pvt). Ltd.
transfer
2 Heat and Mass Transfer (In SI Yunus A. Cengel TMH Education pvt. Ltd.
units) A practical approach
3 Heat and Mass Transfer PK Nag McGraw-Hill Education -
Europe

References:

1 Principles of Heat Transfer Frank Kreith McGraw-Hill Book co.


2 Fundamentals of Momentum, Heat James John Wiley &Sons (Pvt). Ltd.
and Mass Transfer R.Welty
3 Heat Transfer J.P. Holman McGraw-Hill International
edition
4 Heat Transfer: A Basic Approach Ozisik,N. McGraw-Hill Inc.,US

##

Scheme and Syllabi 48 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Heat and Mass Transfer Lab
ME1453 0-0-2:1

Prerequisites: Engineering Thermodynamics

Course Outcomes:

CO1 Understand the basic modes of heat and mass transfer.


CO2 Apply principles of heat and mass transfer to predict transfer coefficients
CO3 Analyze working of various heat transfer equipment

Course Articulation Matrix:


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3
CO2 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 3 2
CO3 2 3 3 2 3 2 1 1 3 2 3

Unit Details No. Hrs


1 Study of the heat transfer in pin fin apparatus. 3
2 Study of the heat transfer in natural convection apparatus. 3
3 Study of the heat transfer in the forced convection apparatus. 3
4 Study of the Stefan Boltzmann apparatus and estimation of Stefan Boltzmann 3
constant.
5 To estimate the thermal conductivity of metal bar. 3
6 Study of heat transfer through Heat pipe. 3
7 Study of emissivity measurement apparatus. 3
8 To estimate the thermal conductivity of insulating powder 3
9 Study of heat transfer in lagged pipe apparatus. 3
10 To estimate effectiveness in double pipe heat exchanger. 3

References:

1 Principles of Heat Transfer Frank Kreith McGraw-Hill Book co.


Fundamentals of Heat & Mass Incropera F.P., Dewitt. John Wiley & Sons (Pvt).
transfer D. P. Ltd.
2 Heat and Mass Transfer (In SI Yunus A. Cengel TMH Education pvt. Ltd.
units) A practical approach
3 Fundamentals of Momentum, James R.Welty John Wiley &Sons (Pvt). Ltd.
Heat and Mass Transfer
4 Heat Transfer J. P. Holman McGraw-Hill International
edition

##

Scheme and Syllabi 49 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Basic Electrical and Electronics
EE***** 2-0-2:3

Prerequisites: NIL
A. Course Outcomes
CO1 Acquire the basic knowledge of electrical circuit simplification along with various concepts
to simplify them
CO2 Acquire basic knowledge and general concepts related to 1-phase/ 3-phase AC circuits and
power, including its measuring procedure and applications
CO3 Acquire knowledge and be able to conceptualize general concepts related to static and
rotating electric machines along with their working and applications
CO4 Be able to understand general concepts of the working of power system along with general
domestic wiring including safe and economic use of electrical power
CO5 Be aware with the electronic devices and related basic concepts along with the number
system theory
Course Articulation Matrix:
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 1 3 1 1 2 - 1 - - - - - 1 1
CO2 1 3 1 2 2 - 1 1 - - - - 1 1
CO3 2 1 1 1 1 - 1 - - - - 1 3 1
CO4 2 1 3 1 1 2 2 1 - - - 1 3 2
CO5 2 2 1 2 2 - 2 - - - - 1 1 1

Unit Contents Hours


1 DC Circuit Ohm’s Law, Kirchhoff’s Laws, Source Conversion, Star Delta
transformation, Network Theorems - Superposition theorem, Thevenin’s theorem,
Norton’s Theorem, Maximum Power Transfer Theorem
2 A.C. Circuit
Sinusoidal AC voltage, Average value, R.M.S. value, form factor and peak factor of
AC quantity, Concept of phasor, Power factor, impedance and admittance, Active,
reactive and apparent power, analysis of R-L, R-C, R-L-C circuit, 3-phase AC
Circuits: balanced and unbalanced supply and loads. Relationship between line and
phase values for balanced star and delta connections. 3-phase Power measurements.

3 Electrical Machines
Basics- construction, working and applications of transformer, DC machine, 3-
phase induction motor and synchronous machine. Losses in electrical machines.
4 Introduction to Power System and Electrical Safety
Basics of Power System (Generation, Transmission & Distribution-general layout).
Electrical safety, domestic wiring & electrical measurements, Electrical lightning
devices, Energy saving and star ratings, Basic principle of earthing.
5 Fundamental of Electronics:
Basic Electronics - Construction, working and V-I characteristics of diodes. SCR
and their applications. Transistors-(BJT, FET, MOSFET), Construction, working,
type of configuration, and characteristics Digital– number system, logic gates,
Karnaugh map

Scheme and Syllabi 50 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Text / Reference books


1. Vincent Del Toro, “ Electrical Engineering Fundamentals”
2. Smarajt Ghosh, “Fundamentals of Electrical & Electronics Engineering”, Second edition, PHI
Learning, 2007.
3. Metha V.K, RohitMetha, “Basic Electrical Engineering'', Fifth edition, Chand. S & Co. 2012.
4. Kothari.D.P and Nagrath.I.J, “Basic Electrical Engineering”, Second edition, Tata McGraw -
Hill, 2009.
5. Horowitz and Hill, “Art of Electronics”, Cambridge University Press.
6. Robert L. Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky “Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory” Tenth
Edition,Pearson Education, 2013

##

Scheme and Syllabi 51 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Semester IV

Scheme and Syllabi 52 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Computer Aided Geometrical Modelling
ME***** 3-0-0:3

Prerequisites: Mathematics – I and Mathematics – II

Course Outcomes:

CO1 Students will be able to model the objects geometrically with parametric curves.
CO2 Students will be able to apply geometrical transformations and projection methods to an
available geometric model.
CO3 Students will be able todesign surface and solid models of the objects.
CO4 Students will be able to analyse the applications of solid modelling in different fields.

Course Articulation Matrix:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 1 1 3 - - 1 1 3 - 2 3 3
CO2 3 2 1 1 3 - - 1 1 3 - 2 3 3
CO3 3 2 1 1 3 - - 1 1 3 - 2 3 3
CO4 3 2 1 1 3 - - 1 1 3 - 2 3 3

No.
Unit Details
Hrs
Introduction: Historical Development, Vectors, Coordinate Systems, Intrinsic and 2
1 Extrinsic properties, Explicit and Implicit Equations, Parametric Equations,
Parametric Space.
Design of Curves: Parametric Representation, Hermite curve: Basis functions, 8
Reparametrization, Composite curve, Bezier Curve: Basis functions, de-
2 Casteljaualgorithm, Degree elevation, Composite Bezier curve, B-Spline Curve:
Basis functions, Knot vectors, Closed B-Spline Curve, Knot insertion, Rational
curves, NURBS.
Geometric Transformations: Translation, Rotation, Shear, Scaling and Reflection, 6
3 Homogeneous Transformations, Orthographic Projections, Axonometric
Projections, Oblique Projections, Perspective Projection.
Design of Surfaces: Parametric Representation, Plane, Cylindrical and Ruled 7
4 Surfaces, Surfaces of Revolutions, Bezier Surface, B-Spline and NURBS
Surfaces.
Design of Solids: Topology, Set theory, Boolean operators, Solid Model 8
Construction: Half-Spaces, Constructive Solid Geometry, Boundary
5
Representation, Sweep Representation, Analytical Solid Modelling, Spatial
Enumeration, Octree Encoding.
Data exchange formats, Application of Geometric Models: Finite Element 4
6
Modelling.

Scheme and Syllabi 53 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Text Books:
1 Geometric Modeling M E Mortenson McGraw Hill
Education
2 Mathematical Elements of Computer D F Rogers and J McGraw Hill
Graphics AAdams Education
3 CAD/CAM: Theory and Practice Ibrahim Zeid McGraw Hill
(Special Indian Edition) Education
4 The Finite Element Method in S S Rao Elseveir
Engineering

References:

1 Curves and Surfaces for Computer G. Farin Academic Press


Aided Geometric Design: A Practical
Guide
2 Computer-Aided Engineering Design A Saxena and B Sahay Springer
3 Bezier and B-spline Techniques H. Prautzsch, W. Boehm, Springer-Verlag
M. Paluszny
4 Computer Aided Design and https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112102101
Manufacturing
5 Computer Aided Engineering Design https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112104031

##

Scheme and Syllabi 54 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Computer Aided Geometrical Modelling Lab
ME***** 0-0-2:1

Prerequisites: Mathematics – I and Mathematics – II

Course Outcomes:
CO1 Students will be able tosurface models of the objects using CAD softwares.
CO2 Students will be able tosolid models of the objects using CAD softwares.
CO3 Students will be able to model the objects geometrically with curves and surfaces using
MATLAB®.
CO4 Students will be able to apply geometrical transformations and projection methods to an
available geometric model using MATLAB®.

Course Articulation Matrix:


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 1 1 3 - - 1 2 3 1 2 2 3
CO2 3 2 1 1 3 - - 1 2 3 1 2 2 3
CO3 3 2 1 1 3 - - 1 2 3 1 2 2 3
CO4 3 2 2 1 3 - - 1 2 3 1 2 2 3

Experiment Details No. Hrs.


Using available CAD software, attempt:
1 To understand the interface, input and output options of the software 2
and create a 2D drawing of a given object.
2 To create surface models of a given object. 4
3 To create solid model of a given object. 4
4 To create assembly models of different objects. 4
Using MATLAB® software, attempt:
5 To execute the following basic functions: matrix operations, control 2
statements, mathematical operations, 2D and 3D graphical plots,
keyboard and mouse inputs, file handling.
6 To draw a Bezier curve of nth degree using (a) Matrix and (b) Blending 2
function approach based on the user inputs. Also demonstrate the
effect of different control points on the shape of the curve generated.
7 To draw B-Spline curve of a given order for the given control points. 4
Also demonstrate the effect of different curve parameters on the shape
of the curve generated.
8 To demonstrate the applications of different Geometric 2
Transformations (translation, rotation, scaling and reflection) on a
rectangle of size and different Projections (orthographic,
axonometric, oblique and perspective) on a rectangular box of size
.
9 To draw Bezier Surface demonstrating the effect of surface parameters 2
on the shape of the generated surfaces.
10 To draw B-spline Surface demonstrating the effect of surface 2
parameters on the shape of the generated surfaces.
##

Scheme and Syllabi 55 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Manufacturing Science and Technology-I
ME***** 3-0-0:3

Pre-requisites: Workshop and Manufacturing Processes


Course Outcomes

CO1 Students will be able to apply the concept of metal casting processes in any
manufacturing or foundry industry.
CO2 Students will be able to apply the concept of plastic molding and powder metallurgy
technique in any manufacturing or powder metallurgy industry.
CO3 Students will be able to apply the concept of bulk and sheet metal forming processes
in any manufacturing or metal forming industry.

Course Articulation Matrix


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 3 3 1 1 - 1 1 1 2 - 1 3 2
CO2 3 3 2 1 1 - 1 1 1 2 - 1 3 2
CO3 3 3 3 1 1 - 1 1 1 2 - 1 3 2

Course Contents:
Unit Details Hrs
1 Metal Casting: Sand Mould Casting-Pattern Design and Moulding; Gating Design 12
and Pouring; Solidification and Riser Design; Shell Moulding and Vacuum
Moulding; Investment Casting and Evaporative Casting; Plaster Mould and
Ceramic Mould; Metal Mould Casting: Die Design and Preparation; Pouring and
Solidification; Opening and Ejecting; Gravity and Pressure Die Casting, Vacuum
and Slush Casting; Centrifugal and Continuous Casting; Squeeze and Chilled
Casting; Defects and Inspection of Casting
2 Plastic Molding and Powder Metallurgy: Classification of Moulding Processes, 6
Extrusion and Injection Moulding, Compression and Transfer Moulding, Blow and
Rotational Moulding; Glass-working Science and Technology: Raw material
preparation; shaping of Piece Ware and Flat and Tubular glass. Production and
Mixing of Metal Powders; Press Compacting and Sintering, Hot Isostatic Pressing
(HIP), and Powder Injection Moulding (PIM); Powder Metallurgy Materials and
Products
3 Bulk Metal Forming: Yielding and Flowing; Hot and Cold Forming; Friction 12
and Lubrication; Flat Rolling: Classification, Process geometry and Analysis
using slab method for load and power; Rolling mills and Roll pass design;
Rolling defects; Forging: Classification, Process Geometry and Analysis of
Strip and Disc forging using slab method for load and power; Forging defects;
Wire Drawing: Process Geometry and Analysis using slab method for load and
power, Maximum reduction, Drawing defects; Extrusion: Classification,
Process Geometry and Analysis of Extrusion using slab method for load and
power, Maximum reduction; Extrusion defects
4 Sheet Metal Forming: Material behaviour; Shearing: Types, Clearance and 6
Calculation of Forces; Miscellaneous sheet metal cutting processes-Cut-off and

Scheme and Syllabi 56 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Parting; Slotting, Perforating and Notching, Trimming, Shaving and Fine


Blanking; Bending-Types, Allowances, Springback and Calculation of Force;
Drawing-Types, Clearance, Measure of Drawing, Calculation of Forces;
Spinning-Types and Calculation of Forces; Miscellaneous sheet metal forming
processes-Ironing, Coining and Embossing; Lancing and Twisting; Stretching
and Hydroforming; Impulse Forming (Explosive, Electro-hydraulic and Electro-
magnetic) and Laser forming; Dies and Presses for Sheet Metal Processes.

Text/Reference Books:
1. Groover’s Principles of Modern Manufacturing: Materials Processes and Systems by M. P.
Groover, John Wiley and Sons, New Delhi (SI Edition)
2. Manufacturing Science by Ghosh and Mallik, East West Press Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi
3. Manufacturing Engineering and Technology by Kalpakjian and Schmid, Pearson Education Pvt.
Ltd. New Delhi

##

Scheme and Syllabi 57 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits


Manufacturing Technology Lab-I
ME***** 0-0-2:1

Pre-requisites: Workshop and Manufacturing Processes


Course Outcomes
CO1 Students will be able to apply the concept of designing and preparation of wooden pattern in
any manufacturing or foundry industry.
CO2 Students will be able to apply the methods for molding, testing of various properties and
ingredient of green sand for mold in any manufacturing industry.
CO3 Students will be able to apply the concept of forging and sheet metal forming in any
manufacturing industry.
Course Articulation Matrix

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 3 3 1 1 - - 1 2 2 - 1 3 2
CO2 3 3 2 1 1 - 1 1 2 2 - 1 3 2
CO3 3 2 2 1 1 - 1 1 2 2 - 1 3 2
Course Contents:

Unit Details Hrs


1 Design and Preparation of a wooden pattern for the given dimensions of a casting 2
of V- block made of Cast Iron/Steel
2 Preparation of machine mould as per the dimensions of a given part and study of 2
moulding methods used in Foundry Shop.
3 Study of Sieve Shaker and to find Grain Fineness Number for a given sample of 2
foundry sand.
4 Study of Permeability Tester and to find Permeability Number for a given sample 2
of foundry sand.
5 Study of Strength Tester and to find green compression and shear strength of a 2
given sample of green sand.
6 Study of Moisture and Clay Content Tester and to find the moisture content and 2
clay content in a given sample of green sand.
7 Study of Shatter Index Tester and to find shatter index of a given sample of green 2
sand.
8 Determination of sheet length and bending force required for forming the given ‘Z’ 2
section.
9 Study of Power Press and Power Hammer
10 Study of Hydro Forming Process and making a cup shaped part using Sheet Hydro 2
Forming Setup.

Books:
1. Principles of Foundry Technology by P.L. Jain, Tata McGraw Hill
2. Manufacturing Technology: Foundry ,Forming and Welding by P.N. Rao, Tata McGraw Hill
3. A course in Workshop Technology by B. S. Raghuwanshi, Dhanpat Rai & Co.

##

Scheme and Syllabi 58 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Principles of Management
HS***** 3-0-0:3
Pre-requisites: NIL
Course Outcome

S.N. Outcomes
CO1 To understand the management concepts and its application with the help of case studies.
CO2 To understand various functional dimensions of management in the business
organizations.
CO3 To identify and apply the steps involved in the professional decision making
CO4 To apply managerial and economic concepts in the professional decision making.
CO5 To solve case scenarios of real situations in the day-to-day activities

Course Articulation Matrix:

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 - - 1 2 - 1 - 1 2 2 2 - - 2
CO2 - - 1 2 - 1 - 2 3 2 3 - - 2
CO3 - - 1 2 - 3 - 3 3 2 3 - - 2
CO4 - - 1 2 - 3 - 3 3 2 3 - - 2
CO5 - - 1 2 - 3 - 3 2 2 3 - - 2
Module Content Lectures
1 Introduction to Management: Definition of Management – Science or Art
– Management and Administration, Functions of Management – Types of
Business Organisation. Levels of management and Managerial skills.
6
School of Management Thoughts: Evolution of Management thoughts,
classical approach, neo- classical approach, contribution of Taylor, weber
and Fayol, modern approach.
2 Planning: Nature & Purpose – Steps involved in Planning, Objectives,
Setting Objectives, Process of Managing by Objectives, Strategies, Policies
& Planning Premises Forecasting and Decision-making.

Organising: Nature and Purpose – Formal and informal organization –


8
Organization Chart – Structure and Process – Departmentation by difference
strategies – Line and Staff authority – Benefits and Limitations – De-
Centralization and Delegation of Authority – Staffing – Selection Process -
Techniques – HRD – Managerial Effectiveness.

3. Directing: Scope – Human Factors – Creativity and Innovation –


Harmonizing Objectives – Leadership – Types of Leadership Motivation –
Hierarchy of needs – Motivation theories – Motivational Techniques – Job
Enrichment – Communication – Process of Communication – Barriers and 8
Breakdown – Effective Communication – Electronic media in
Communication.

Scheme and Syllabi 59 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Organizational Behaviour: Organizational change, Conflict Management


and Stress Management. Personality: types, theories and grooming
techniques, interpersonal relationship
4 Controlling: System and process of Controlling – Requirements for
effective control – The Budget as Control Technique – Information
Technology in Controlling – Use of computers in handling the information –
Productivity – Problems and Management – Control of Overall Performance
; Coordination and Contemporary international management practices:;
MNCSs. TNCs. M&A. 8
Production concepts and analysis: Production function, Types of
production function, Laws of production: Law of diminishing returns, Law
of returns to scale.
Cost concept and analysis: Types of costs, Cost output relationship in the
short-run. Cost output relationship in the Long-run.
5 Introduction to Financial Management
Concept of finance, scope and objectives of finance; Profit maximization vs.
Wealth maximization; Functions of Finance Manager in Modern Age;
Financial decision areas, Sources of Finance.
Time value of money: Compounding Techniques, Discounting Techniques 10
Sinking Fund, and Amortization of loan.
Risk and Return analysis: Return on single securities, portfolio return,
Standard deviation, Coefficient of Variation, Systematic risk and
Unsystematic Risk.

Text Books:
1. Tripathy PC And Reddy PN, “Principles of Management”, Tata McGraw-Hill,.
2. Decenzo David, Robbin Stephen A, “Personnel and Human Reasons Management”, Prentice
Hall of India,
3. JAF Stomer, Freeman R. E and Daniel R Gilbert, “Management”, Pearson Education, Sixth
Edition,
4. Fraidoon Mazda, “Engineering Management”, Addison Wesley,
5. Harold Koontz & Heinz Weihrich “Essentials of Management”, Tata McGraw-Hill,
6. Joseph L Massie “Essentials of Management”, Prentice Hall of India, (Pearson) Fourth Edition,
7. Managerial Economics: Concepts and Applications (SIE), THOMAS& MAURICE, McGraw-
Hill Education
8. Van Horne - Financial Management and Policy, Prentice Hall of India

##

Scheme and Syllabi 60 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Kinematics and Dynamics of Machines Credits:


AM***** 3-0-0:3
Pre-requisites: NIL

Course Outcomes

CO1 Apply the graphical methods and analytical Computations involved in the mechanisms to
analyze the position, velocity and acceleration of a mechanism.
CO2 Draw velocity and acceleration diagrams for cams and followers executing various kind of
motions for various configuration of followers.
CO3 Select gear and gear trains for a particular application in automobile and various industries
employing gears as power transmission tools.
CO4 Mathematically model and analyze the effects of the static and dynamic forces that
mechanisms/machines may experience commonly and work upon the control of
fluctuations of energy
CO5 Mathematically model and analyze the effects of the static and dynamic forces that
mechanisms/machines may experience commonly and work upon the control of
fluctuations of energy

Course Articulation Matrix:

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 1 - 1 2 - - 1 - 2 1 3 3
CO2 3 3 2 2 2 2 - - 1 - 2 2 3 3
CO3 3 3 2 2 2 2 3 - 2 2 3 3 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 3 3 1 2 - 2 2 1 2 3 3
CO5 3 3 3 3 1 2 1 - 2 1 1 2 3 3

Unit Details Hrs.


Velocity and Acceleration in Mechanism-Introduction to Kinematic Links and 12
Pairs, Inversion of Mechanism, Velocity of a Link, Relative Velocity Method,
1
Instantaneous Center Method, Kennedy’s Theorem for Three Centers,
Acceleration Diagram, Coriolis Component of Acceleration.
Cams-Classification of Cams and Followers, Nomenclature, Types of Follower 6
2
Motion, Generation of Cam Profile with Uniform Velocity, SHM, Uniform
Acceleration and Retardation, Cycloidal Motion of The Follower.
Gear and Gear Trains- Types. Terminology, Fundamental Law of Gearing,
3 Gear Profiles, Undercutting, Gear Trains: Simple, Compound, Reverted and 6
Epicyclic Gear Trains.
Static and Dynamic Force Analysis-Static Force Analysis of Planar 10
Mechanisms, Dynamic Force Analysis Including Inertia and Frictional Forces of
4
Planar Mechanisms, Turning Moment Diagram for Engines and Speed
Fluctuation, Flywheel.
Balancing of Rotating and Reciprocating Masses- Static Balance, Dynamic 6
5 Balance, Balancing of Rotating Masses, Two Plane Balancing, Balancing of
Single and Multi-Cylinder Engine, Firing Order.

Scheme and Syllabi 61 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Text Books
1. Kinematics & Dynamics of Machinery by R. L. Norton, McGraw Hill
2. Kinematics, Dynamics and Design of Machinery by K.J. Waldron & G. L. Kinzel, Wiley
3. Theory of Machines and Mechanisms by John J. Uicker, Jr. Gordon R. Pennock& Joseph E.
Shigley, Oxford University Press

Reference Books
1. Theory of Machines by S.S. Ratan, Tata McGraw-Hill.
2. Theory of Machines by Thomas Bevan, CBS Publishers & Distributors.
3. Kinematics and Dynamics of Machines by George H. Martin, Overseas Press Pvt. Ltd., India
4. Theory of Mechanisms and Machines by Amitabha Ghosh &Asok Kumar Mallik, Affiliated
East-West Press

##

Scheme and Syllabi 62 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Metrology and Quality Engineering
ME***** 3-0-0:3

Prerequisites: Introduction to Manufacturing and basic statistics

Course Outcomes:

CO1 Students will be able to illustrate and apply concepts of Metrology, fits & tolerances,
surface texture, concept of flatness, linear, angular and taper measurement devices for
measurement of various components.
CO2 Students will be able to illustrate and apply methods of measurement of screw threads and
gear tooth profile in field of modern manufacturing.
CO3 Students will be able to illustrate the basic techniques of quality improvement, fundamental
knowledge of statistics and probability. Tools and techniques and apply the concepts of six
sigma in the manufacturing &service sectors.
CO4 Students will be able to use and plan control charts to describe& analyze for improving the
process quality and describe the method of continuous process improvement and
CO5 Students will be able to describe and generate different sampling plans and utilize them in
industrial problem solving with case studies.

Course Articulation Matrix:

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 2 - 2 1 - 2 2 2 2 3 3 2
CO2 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 3 2 2
CO3 3 2 2 - 2 1 - 2 2 2 2 3 3 3
CO4 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 3 2 2
CO5 3 2 3 2 - 3 1 - 2 3 3 2 3 3

UNIT Details No.


Hrs
1. Introduction to Metrology: Fundamental Definitions, Types of Standards,
Precision and Accuracy, Measurement Errors, System of Limits, Fits,
Tolerance and Gauging: Definition of tolerance, Specification in assembly,
Principle of interchangeability, linear, measurements by Vernier caliper,
8
micrometer, slip gauges, Angular Measurement: Universal bevel protractor,
clinometers, sine bar, angle Comparators : Definition, Classification, Working
principle of Mechanical, Opto-mechanical, Pneumatic and
Electrical/Electronic comparators with advantages, limitations and uses.
2. Surface Texture measurement: Surface roughness, Waviness, Roughness
Parameter Ra, Rz, RMS etc., Surface roughness symbols, Flatness Test
measurement by Interference principle: Concept of Flatness, Interferometer 6
principle for measurement, Optical Flats – study of Surface textures under
monochromatic light source, fingertip test technique
3. Measurement of tooth thickness: Gear tooth vernier, Constant chord method,
Addendum comparator method and Base tangent method, Measurement of 6
tooth profile: Tool maker’s microscope or projector, Involute tester,

Scheme and Syllabi 63 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Measurement of pitch, Measurement of run out, Lead and Backlash checking.


Measurement of concentricity, Alignment of gears. Screw Thread
Measurement: Errors in threads, screw thread gauges, measurement of element
of the external and internal threads, thread caliper gauges.
4. Definition of quality, Basic concept of quality, definition of SQC, benefits and
limitation of SQC. Comparison of Inspection, Quality control and Quality
6
assurance, concept of quality cost, seven quality control tools and its
application, 7 New Quality Improvement Tools and its application
5. Control Charts- General theory of Control Charts, Group Control Charts.
Shewhart control chart for process control; Control Charts for variables such
as X, R Control Charts for charts for attributes such as c and p charts;
6
Acceptance control chart; Cumulative Sum Control Charts; Subgroup
selection; Process Capability,. Six Sigma: The Concept of Six Sigma,
Objectives of Six Sigma, The Frame-Work of Six Sigma
6. Acceptance Sampling- Multiple and Sequential Sampling Plans, Multi-
Continuous Sampling Plan, Acceptance Sampling by Variables, Advantages &
6
limitations. Sampling plans using different Criteria. Comparison of various
types of sampling plans. Introduction to Quality Standards and Quality Circle.

Text Books

1. Engineering Metrology and Measurements by NV Raghavendra, L Krishna murthy, Oxford


publishers.
2. Introduction to Statistical Quality Control Douglas C. Montgomery John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
3. Quality Engineering in Production Systems, by G Taguchi, McGraw Hill, 1989.
4. James R. Evans and William M. Lindsay, "The Management and Control of Quality", 8th
Edition, First Indian Edition, Cengage Learning, 2012.

Reference Books

1. Dimensional Metrology, Connie Dotson, Cengage Learning.


2. Engineering Metrology by KL Narayana, Scitech publishers.
3. Juran’s Quality Planning and Analysis, by Frank. M.Gryna Jr. McGrawHill

##

Scheme and Syllabi 64 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Instrumentation and Process Control
ME***** 3-0-0:3

Pre-requisites: Physics, Basic Electrical and Electronic

Course Outcome

CO1 Students will be able to understand the basic calibration, possible errors and measures to
minimize them based on their characteristics.

CO2 Students will be able to apply knowledge on sensors and their suitability in the application
of measuring different physical quantities and their ranges

CO3 Students will be able to apply working principles in the measurement of field quantities.

CO4 Students will be able to analyze the process control systems based on the requirement.

Course Articulation Matrix:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 - 1 - 3 3 3

CO2 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 - - - 3 3 3

CO3 3 3 3 2 3 2 1 1 - - - 3 3 3

CO4 3 3 3 2 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3

Unit Details No.


Hrs

1 Instruments and measurement system: Functions of instruments and measurement 7


system, Elements of generalized measurement system, error in measurements,
calibration and standards, Statistical analysis of experimental data

2 Classification and selection of instruments: Classification of instruments, Analog 6


and digital modes of operation, Instrument selection criteria and installation
procedures

3 Characteristics of instruments and measurement systems: Static characteristics of 4


measuring instruments, Dynamic characteristics of measuring instruments

4 Indicating instruments: Essentials of indicating instruments, Principles of indicating 6


instruments and their applications like wattmeter, watt-hour meter, dynamometer type
power factor meter

Scheme and Syllabi 65 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

5 Transducers: Introduction to sensors and transducers, Mechanical input transducers, 7


Electrical transducers like Resistive, Capacitive & Inductive transducers,
Measurement of various physical quantities like pressure, temperature, force, liquid
level, flow, speed and humidity

6 Signal Conditioning and Data Acquisition System: Introduction, Signal 5


Conditioning, Multiplexing, Accuracy of Digital Meter, Aperture Time for Sample
and Hold Mechanism, image processing, signal analysis and FFT
Display Devices And Recorders: Recorders, X-Y Plotter

7 Process Control: Introduction , Proportional Control, Integral Control, Derivative 5


Control, Proportional-cum-integral Control (PI Control), Proportional-cum-integral-
cum-derivative (PID) Control, Integral Windup, Electronic Controller, Pneumatic
Controller, Selection of Control Technique, Three-element Control (Concept of Feed
Forward)

Text Books
1 Fundamentals Of Industrial William C Dunn Tata McGraw-Hill, New
Instrumentation and Process Control Delhi

References:
1 Measurement systems – Application E.O. Doebelin Tata McGraw-Hill, New
and Design Delhi.
2 A course in Electronic and Electrical J. B. Gupta S. K. Kataria and Sons,
Measurements New Delhi.
3 Process control instrumentation C. D.Johnson John Wiley & Sons, New
technology York.
4 Mechanical Measurements and R.K. Rajput S. K. Kataria & Sons, New
Instrumentation Delhi.
5 Principles of Measurement Systems, John P. Bentley, Pearson India Ltd.

6 Instrumentation, Measurement and Nakra, Tata McGraw-Hill, New


Analysis, Chaudhary, Delhi.

7 Transducers and instrumentation. D. V. S. Prentice Hall of India Pvt.


Moorthy, Ltd.

##

Scheme and Syllabi 66 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Instrumentation and Process Control lab
ME***** 0-0-2:1

Pre-requisites: Physics, Basic Electrical and Electronic,


Course Outcome

CO1 Students will be able to apply the engineering and mathematical knowledge to design
and perform the experiments as well as to analyze and interpret experimental data.
CO2 Students will be able to analyze the experimental data and find the error in
measurement
CO3 Students will be able to calibrate the instrument and draw the calibration graph of
particular instruments
CO4 Students will be able to understand the control of process variables such as flow,
temperature, level, pressure etc.

Course Articulation Matrix:


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 1 1 1 - 2 1 1 1 1 - 1 2
CO2 3 2 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 - 2 2
CO3 3 2 1 2 1 - 1 1 1 1 - 1 2 2
CO4 3 1 2 1 1 - 2 1 1 1 - 1 2 2

Unit Details No. Hrs

1 Study the displacement and current characteristics in Linear variable 02


differential transformers (LVDT).

Find the relationship between displacement and change in signal generated


due to Capacitive type transducer (Proximity Tutor).

2 To draw the calibration graph for the Bimetallic transducer using a 02


thermometer as standard and determine the time constant for the transducer.

3 Find the relationship between displacement and change in signal generated


due to strain gauge. 02

To calibrate the given force measuring elastic transducer for compression and
tensile loads.

4 To plot the calibration graph between the temperature and RTD readings. 02

To study the variation of light intensity with distance form source with a
luxmeter.

5 Calibration of Bourdon pressure gauge for (i) above atmospheric pressure, 02

Scheme and Syllabi 67 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

and (ii) below atmospheric pressure conditions

6 To make the study and use of micrometer and depth gauge 02

To measure the angle of a given taper specimen with the help of a


clinometers first and then calculate the accurate value using sine bar.

7 To determine the diameter of a specimen and the error in given specimen 02


with the help of passameter and slip gauges.

8 To measure the screw parameters i.e. external diameter, pitch, flank angle 02
using Tool Makers Microscope.

To determine the outside and core diameter of a given specimen with the help
of Floating carriage micrometer

9 To study the three mode (PID) control of level, flow, pressure and 4
temperature

Text Books
1 Fundamentals Of Industrial William C Dunn Tata McGraw-Hill, New
Instrumentation and Process Control Delhi

References:
1 Measurement systems – Application and E.O. Doebelin Tata McGraw-Hill, New
Design Delhi.
2 A course in Electronic and Electrical J. B. Gupta S. K. Kataria and Sons, New
Measurements Delhi.
3 Process control instrumentation technology C. D. Johnson John Wiley & Sons, New
York.
4 Mechanical Measurements and R.K. Rajput S. K. Kataria & Sons, New
Instrumentation Delhi.
5 Principles of Measurement Systems, John P. Bentley, Pearson India Ltd.
6 Instrumentation, Measurement and Analysis, Nakra, Tata McGraw-Hill, New
Chaudhary, Delhi.
7 Transducers and instrumentation. D. V. S. Prentice Hall of India Pvt.
Moorthy, Ltd.

##

Scheme and Syllabi 68 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Core Elective
Course Code: Credits:
Optimization Methods in Engineering
ME***** 3-0-0: 3

Prerequisites: Mathematics 1

Course Outcomes:

CO1 Student will be able to understand the terminology and formulation of optimization problems
and solve linear programming problems.
CO2 Student will be able to formulate and solve the single and multi-variable non linear
optimization problemsusing a variety of methods.

CO3 Student will be able to formulate and solve the constrained and specialized multi-variable non
linear optimization problemsusing a variety of methods and Matlab software.
CO4 Student will be able to formulate and solve the multi-variable non linear optimization
problemsusing a variety of nature inspired optimization method sand Matlab software.

Course Articulation Matrix:

PO1 PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO1 PO1 PO1 PSO PSO


2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 1 2
CO1 3 3 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 3 3
CO2 3 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 3 3 3
CO3 3 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 - 1 2 3 3
CO4 3 2 2 3 2 2 1 1 2 1 2 3 3 3

No.
Unit Details
Hrs
1 Introduction- Terminology, Design Variables, Constraints, Objective Function, 4
Variable Bounds, Problem Formulation, Engineering Optimization Problems, Calculus
Method, Linear Programming- Simplex Method, Concept of Duality.
2 Single Variable Optimization Problems: Optimality Criterion, Bracketing 4
Methods:Bounding Phase Method. Region Elimination Methods: Golden Section
Method. Gradient Based Methods: Newton-Raphson Method. Application to Root
finding
3 Multivariable Optimization Algorithms: Optimality Criteria, Direct Search Methods: 8
Powell's Conjugate Direction Method. Gradient Based Methods: Cauchy's Steepest
Descent Method, Newton's method, Powell’s Conjugate Gradient Method. Problem
solving using Matlab
4 Constrained Optimization Algorithms: Kuhn Tucker Conditions, Transformation 6
Methods: Penalty Function Method, Method of Multipliers. Sensitivity
Analysis.Problem solving using Matlab
5 Specialized Algorithms: Integer Programming: Branch and Bound Method. Geometric 4
Programming

Scheme and Syllabi 69 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

6 Nature Inspired Optimization Algorithms: Genetic Algorithms: GAs for multi- 10


variable constrained optimization, Simulated Annealing, Ant Colony Optimization,
Particle Swarm Optimization,Multi-Objective optimization. Problem solving using
Matlab

Text Books:

1 Optimization for engineering design: Kalyanmoy Deb Prentice-HallIndia


algorithms and examples
2 Optimization - Algorithms and Applications R. K.Arora CRC Press, 2015

References:

1. Engineering optimization - methods and A. M. Natarajan, Pearson


applications P. Balasubramani, Education, 2013.
A. Tamilarasi
2. Engineering optimization: theory and practice Singiresu S Rao 4thEdition, New
Age Publishers
3. Introduction to Optimum Design J. S. Arora 4th Edition –
Elsevier, 2016
4. Operations Research Theory and J. K. Sharma MacMillan India
Applications Ltd.
5. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aJKuM4U-eYg
6. http://www.digimat.in/nptel/courses/video/111105039/L31.html

##

Scheme and Syllabi 70 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Noise and Vibration
ME***** 3-0-0:3

Prerequisites: Basic knowledge of science and engineering

Course Outcomes:

CO1 Students will be able to understand the concept of noise and vibration in the design of
products and systems.
CO2 Students will be able to formulate the analytical and numerical model for noise and
vibration in the system.
CO3 Students will be able to analyze and determine the effect of system parameters on noise
and vibration.
CO4 Students will be able to acquire the noise and vibration of the machine and will provide
the solution to minimize it.

Course Articulation Matrix:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3

CO2 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3

CO3 3 3 3 2 3 2 1 1 3 3 3

CO4 3 3 3 2 3 2 1 1 3 3 3

No.
Unit Details
Hrs
1 Random aspects of noise, traffic noise, community noise, automobile noise, jet 5
noise, aircraft noise, Signal Analysis and Fast Fourier Transform (FFT)
2 Sonic bang, acoustic fatigue, industrial noise, noise in piping system. 5
3 Identification of noise sources and control, Automotive noise control principles, 5
Sound in enclosures, Sound energy absorption, Sound transmission through
barriers.
4 Noise control: types and design of exhaust mufflers, sound absorbing materials. 5
5 Noise measurement and instrumentation, Effect of noise on human beings, 5
auditory/non-auditory effects of noise, Noise standards and limits, Noise
standards in India
6 Vibration-Systems with one degree of freedom, Free and forced vibration, 10
torsional vibration. Analysis by Rayleigh's method. Stodola method and iterative
method of Holtzer. Analysis and application of forced vibration in steady state as
well as transient state, self excited vibrations. Free vibrations of systems with
several degrees of freedom. Free vibration of elastic bodies, Free longitudinal
vibrations of Prismatic bar, orthogonality principle. vibration absorbers, case
studies, vibration measurement and instrumentation

Text Books:

Scheme and Syllabi 71 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

1 Mechanical Vibrations Singiresu S.Rao Pearson Education.


2 Noise and Vibration Control Munjal M L World Scientific Publishers

References:

1 Fundamentals of Sound and Vibrations Frank Fahy and David CRC Press
Thompson
2 Elements of Vibration Analysis Leonard Meirovitch Tata McGrmv-
Hill, New York.

##

Scheme and Syllabi 72 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Quality Engineering
ME ***** 3-0-0:3
Pre-requisites: Measurement and Metrology

COURSE OUTCOME:

S.N. Outcomes
CO1 Understand control charts for the analysis of observational data. Apply control charts for the
real world industry or service organisations problems
CO2 Understand types of sampling plan and apply different sampling plans during the inspection
of lots of products.
CO3 Understand and apply the concept of Reliability, Availability and Maintainability
CO4 Apply Quality Design concept for Parameter and Tolerance Design

Course Articulation Matrix:


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 2 2 3 3 3
CO2 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 2 2 3 3 3
CO3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 2 2 3 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 2 2 3 3 3

Unit Details No. of


hours
1 Introduction-Concept of quality, basic statistical concepts, Control of accuracy 4
and precision, Process capability, standardization and interchangeability;
Statistical Quality Control: Objectives, Applications, organization, cost aspects,
theory of statistical tolerance.
2 Control Charts- General theory of Control Charts, Shewhart control chart for 12
process control; Control Charts for variables such as X, R Control Charts for
charts for attributes such as c and p charts; Acceptance control chart; Cumulative
Sum Control Charts; Process Capability, Cause- Effect and Pareto diagrams.
3 Acceptance Sampling- Multiple and Sequential Sampling Plans, Multi- 8
Continuous Sampling Plan, Acceptance Sampling by Variables, Advantages
limitations. Sampling plans using different Criteria. Comparison of various types
of sampling plans. Rectifying Inspection..
4 Reliability, Availability and Maintainability- Introduction to reliability, 6
Bathtub curve, Series and Parallel system; MTBF, Evaluation of Availability and
Maintainability.
5 Quality Design- Design of experiment concept, System, Parameter and 6
Tolerance Design; Concept of Robust Design, Taguchi Concept - Orthogonal
Arrays and S/N ratio.

Scheme and Syllabi 73 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Text/Reference Books:

1. Statistical Quality Control; Eugene L. Grant, Richard S. Leavenworth, Tata Mc Graw Hill,
2000
2. Introduction to quality control, Jamieson A, Reston, 2004.

Reference Books:

1. Statistical Quality control; A Modern Introduction 6th Edition, Douglas C. Montgomery,


2010
2. Juran’s Quality Planning and Analysis, by Frank. M.Gryna Jr. McGrawHill
3. Reliability Engineering, (3rdEdition), by LS Srinath, Affiliated East West Pvt Ltd, 1991.
4. Reliability Engineering, by E Bala Guruswamy, Tata McGraw Hill, 1994.
5. Quality Engineering Using Robust Design, Madhav S. Phadke, Pearson, 2008.
6. Handbook of Reliability, Availability, Maintainability and Safety in Engineering Design.
Stapelberg Rudolph Frederick, ISBN: 9781848001749, 9781848001749.
7. James R. Evans and William M. Lindsay, "The Management and Control of Quality", 8th
Edition, First Indian Edition, Cengage Learning, 2012.

##

Scheme and Syllabi 74 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Modelling and Simulation in Engineering
ME***** 3-0-0:3
Pre-requisites:

COURSE OUTCOME

S.N. Outcomes
CO1 Understand the importance and principles of mathematical modeling.
CO2 Use advanced system modelling and analysis tools (concepts, methodologies, and abilities) in their
research and professional careers.
CO3 Learn to abstract the real-world system into models.
CO4 Analytically derive the relationship of physical model.
CO5 Implementing the model using software.

CO-PO-PSO Mapping

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 - 1 1 - 1 2 1 2 2 3 3 3
CO2 3 3 2 2 1 - - 1 2 2 2 3 3 3
CO3 3 2 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 1 3 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 3 3 3
CO5 3 3 3 2 3 2 1 2 3 2 2 3 3 3

Module Content No. Hr.


1 Introduction to Modelling and Simulation, Concept of System and environment, 4
Continuous and discrete systems, Linear and non-linear systems, stochastic activities,
Static and Dynamic models, System analysis, System theory basics, its relation to
simulation.
2 Physical Modelling: Principles of modelling, Basic Simulation modelling, Role of 4
simulation in model evaluation and studies, Applications and advantages of
simulation.
3 Mathematical Modelling: Mathematical Model, types of Mathematical models and 5
properties, Procedure of modelling. Graphical method, Basic optimization, Basic
probability: Monte-Carlo simulation and applications.
4 System Simulation: Techniques of simulation, Monte Carlo method, Experimental 5
nature of simulation, Numerical computation techniques, Continuous system models,
Feedback systems, Computers in simulation studies, Simulation software packages.

5 Probability Concepts in Simulation: Stochastic variables, Random numbers, 4


Generation of Random numbers, Variance reduction techniques, Determination of
length of simulation runs.
6 Simulation of Mechanical Systems: Building of Simulation models, Simulation of 4
translational and rotational mechanical systems, Simulation of hydraulic systems.
7 Simulation of Dynamic Systems with MATLAB- Simulink, Building a Simulink 6
Model, Simulink of Linear systems, Algebraic loops, subsystems, Mat lab Simulink
interface. Concept of Graphical Programming and model building in Lab view.
Applications in Mechanical Engineering.

Scheme and Syllabi 75 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Reference Books:

1. Simulation Modeling and Analysis by Averill Law


2. Simulation of Dynamic Systems with MATLAB and Simulink by Harold Klee
3. Dynamic Response of Linear Mechanical Systems: Modeling, Analysis and Simulation by
Jorge Angeles
4. System Dynamics: Modeling, Analysis, Simulation, Design by Ernest Doebelin,
5. Mathematical Modeling and Simulation: Introduction for Scientists and Engineers by Kai
Velten
6. Online Course on NPTEL https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112107214

##

Scheme and Syllabi 76 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Design and Analysis of Experiments
ME***** 3-0-0-3
Prerequisites: Nil.
Course Outcomes:
CO1 Able to understand the concepts of factors associated with experimental design.
CO2 Able to develop appropriate experimental design to run different experiments and analyze
the data.
CO3 Apply the concepts of experimental design to develop empirical model and optimize the
process parameters.
CO4 Design robust parameters using parametric design approach.

Course Articulation Matrix:


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 1 2 - - 2 - - - - - - - 2 3
CO2 1 2 3 3 2 - - - - - - 2 3 3
CO3 2 3 3 3 2 - - - 2 - - - 3 3
CO4 1 - 3 2 2 - - - - - - 1 2 3

Unit Subject Details No. Hrs


1 Fundamentals of Experimental Design- Basic Principles, Purpose and 6
Applications of Experimental Design, Perspective of Experimental approaches,
Checklist for Design and Planning of Experiments, Steps involved in
Experimentation.
2 Simple Comparative Experiments-Statistical Techniques Concepts, 8
Sampling, Distribution, Replication, Blocking and Randomization in
Experiments, Comparison of multiple means and variances, Analysis of
Variance (ANOVA), Error Terms.
3 Factorial Designs-Definition and Principals of Factorial Design,Two-Factor 8
and General Factorial Design, Standard Orthogonal Arrays &Interaction
Tables, Modification and Selection of the Orthogonal Arrays, Analysis of
Experimental Data.
4 Response Surface Methodology-Basic Concept, Linear Model, Steepest 8
Ascent, Second Order Model, Fitting Response Surface, Regression Models
Fitting, Experiments with Computers.
5 Taguchi’s Parameter Design-Robust Parameter Design, Noise Factors and its 6
Source, Objective Function & Signal to Noise (S/N) Ratios, Inner and Outer
Array Design, Data Analysis and Case Study.

Scheme and Syllabi 77 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Text Books:
1 Design and Analysis of Experiments Douglas C. John Wiley & Sons
Montgomery
2 Design and Analysis of Experiments Angela M. Dean, Daniel SPRINGER (SIE)
Voss
3 Taguchi Techniques for Quality P. J. Ross McGraw-Hill
Engineering
4 Quality Engineering using Robust Madhav S. Phadke Prentice Hall
Design

References:
1 Experiments: Planning, Analysis, and C. F. Jeff Wu, Michael Wiley
Optimization S. Hamada
2 Introduction to the Design and Analysis Geoffrey M. Clarke, Wiley
of Experiments Robert E. Kempson
3 Product and Process Design for Quality, Dukkipati, R V and New Age International
Economy and Reliability Pradip K Ray

##

Scheme and Syllabi 78 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Semester V

Scheme and Syllabi 79 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Credits:
Course Code: Design of Machine Elements
3-0-0:3
ME*****
Prerequisites: Material Science and Engineering, Mechanics of Materials

Course Outcomes:

CO1 Students will be able to understand and apply the standards and design data book during a
design problem.
CO2 Students will be able to identify the materials and its properties to make the machine
component for a particular application
CO3 Students will be able to identify the critical sections of the components and understand its
importance during design of a machine component.
CO4 Students will be able toevaluate and apply the concepts of factor of safety and theory of
failures for design and creation of a particular machine component under static and cyclic
loading conditions.
CO5 Students will be able toapply and analyze the acquired knowledge in design of different
machine components such as joints, springs, shafts and gears.

Course Articulation Matrix:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 1 1 2 3 1 1 - 2 - 1 1 3 3 3
CO2 2 2 3 3 3 2 3 1 1 1 1 2 3 3
CO3 3 3 3 3 1 - - 2 2 3 - 3 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 3 1 2 2 2 2 3 1 3 3 3
CO5 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 1 2 3 2 3 3 3

No.
Unit Details
Hrs
1 General Introduction: Standards in Design and Selection of Preferred Size, BIS 5
and international system of material designation, Materials for design (such as
Cast Iron, Steels and Alloys, Non-ferrous metals, Plastics and Rubbers) and
selection methods: Selection strategy, selection procedure, case studies, The
statistical significance ofmaterial properties, Strength and cold work, Temperature
effects.
2 Design against Static and variable Load: Static strength, Stress concentration, 9
Failuretheories for ductile and brittle materials, Selection of failure criteria,
Introduction to fracture mechanics, Factor of Safety and selection criteria, Notch
Sensitivity Factor, Design criteria for variable loads, Endurance Limit and fatigue
strength, Design for Finite and Infinite Life.
3 Shafts and keys: Design of Shafts against Static and Fluctuating Load, D esign for 4
Strength and Rigidity, Critical speeds for shafts, Design of Square and Flat Keys
and Splines.
4 Power Screws and Joints: Form of Threads, Square Threads, Trapezoidal Threads, 9
Stresses in Screw, Design of Screw Jack, Screwed Joints, Welded Joint and
Eccentric Loading of above Joints, Design for Fatigue Loading.
5 Mechanical Springs: Materials for spring, Design against static and fatigue 7
loading of helical compression and extension springs, Multi Leaf Springs and

Scheme and Syllabi 80 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Spiral Springs (self study)


6 Spur Gears: Kinematics of gears, Conjugate Action, standard tooth systems for 8
spur gears, Profile shifted gears, Involutometry, gear cutting methods, Modes of
gear failure, Spur gear tooth force analysis, Tooth bending stress – AGMA
procedure, Bending fatigue strength – AGMA procedure, Buckingham equation
for dynamic load on gears, Buckingham contact stress equation, Contact stress –
AGMA procedure, Surface fatigue strength – AGMA procedure, Gear materials.
Helical gears (self study)

Text Books:
1 Mechanical Engineering Design (in SI Joseph E. Shigley and TATA McGraw Hill
Units) Charles R. Mischke

References:

1 Machine Design An Integrated R. L. Norton Pearson Prentice Hall


Approach
2 Machine Component Design Juvinall R. C. and John Wiley, 5th
Marshek, K. M., Edition,
3 Design of Machine Element V. B. Bhandari TATA McGraw Hill
4 Design Data sheets Instructor
##

Scheme and Syllabi 81 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Machine Design Lab
ME***** 0-0-2:1

Prerequisites: Engineering Graphics


Course Outcomes:
CO1 The students will learn and apply the usages of a modern drafting tools (AutoCAD/Solid
works software).
CO2 The students will understand the concepts of production drawing.
CO3 The students will be able to understand and analyze orthographic projection of different
machine elements.
CO4 The students will be able to create orthographic projection of the assembly of machine
elements understanding the way a machine will be assembled from the components and
disassembled for maintenance or disposal

Course Articulation Matrix:


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 1 1 1 3 - - 1 2 3 1 3 3 3
CO2 3 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 3 2 3 3 3
CO3 3 1 2 2 3 - - - 2 3 1 3 3 3
CO4 3 2 2 2 3 - - 1 2 2 1 3 3 3

Unit Experiment Practical


1 Assembly drawing of threaded Joints using AutoCAD/Solid works. 1

2 Assembly drawing of Cotter and Knuckle joint using AutoCAD/Solid works. 1


3 Assembly drawing of Couplings using AutoCAD/Solid works. 1
4 Assembly drawing of Tailstock using AutoCAD/Solid works. 1
5 Assembly drawing of Plummer block using AutoCAD/Solid works. 1
6 Assembly drawing of Rams bottom safety valve using AutoCAD/Solid works. 1

7 Assembly drawing of Cylinder relief valve using AutoCAD/Solid works. 1


8 Assembly drawing of Blow-off cock using AutoCAD/Solid works. 1
9 Assembly drawing of Tool Post using AutoCAD/Solid works. 1
10 Production drawing of any assembly using AutoCAD/Solid works. 1
11 Assembly drawing of Screw Jack using AutoCAD/Solid works 1

Text Books:
1 Machine Drawing Ajit Singh TATA McGraw Hill

References:
1 Machine Drawing K L Narayana, P Kannaiah, K New Age International
Venkata Reddy Publication
2 Machine Drawing R K Dhawan S Chand Publication
3 Machine Drawing N D Bhatt and V M Panchal Charotar Publication
4 Production Drawing K L Narayana, P Kannaiah, K New Age International
Venkata Reddy Publication
##

Scheme and Syllabi 82 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Computer Aided Manufacturing
ME***** 3-0-0:3

Pre-requisites: NIL
Course Outcomes:

CO1 Students will be able to understand the automation and its concepts
CO2 Students will be able understand the features of NC and CNC machines, understand the
structure and tooling of CNC machine tools.
CO3 Students will be able to learn and write manual part programming, automated part
programming for CNC turning and CNC machining center. Also Students will be able to
understand the automatic part programming through CAD/CAM software.
CO4 Students will be able to understand Group Technology, FMS and CIM and can perform a
case study/ term project

Course Articulation Matrix:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 2 2 2 1 1 2 3 3
CO2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 3 3
CO3 2 2 2 3 1 1 1 1 2 3 3
CO4 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 3 3

No.
Unit Details
Hrs
1 Introduction - Automation need and types of automation, economics of 6
automation. Basics of electro-mechanical automation technologies, Circuit design
and applications of hydraulic, pneumatic, electropneumatic, electro-hydraulic and
programmable logic control (PLC) systems.
2 NC technology – Basic components of NC system, NC co-ordinate systems, NC 8
motion control systems, absolute versus incremental positioning, CNC – Features
of CNC, MCU for CNC, CNC software. DNC – DNC (Direct NC), DNC
(Distributed NC), Adaptive control, applications of NC, advantages and
disadvantages of NC CNC Hardware basics: Structure of NC machine tools,
Drivers - Actuation system, stepper motor and servo motor, Ball screw and nut
with support bearing, open loop and close loop control system, encoders and
transducers, linear motion system, engineering analysis of open and closed loop
positioning systems. NC Tooling - Different tooling used in Milling and Turning
centre. ATC (Automatic Tool Changer) in VMC and Turning centre, Work
holding
3 Computer aided process planning, CNC programming - Manual Part 9
Programming – G and M coding, Sub routines, scaling, mirror, Do loop features.
Part programming for turning centres: Zero setting in CNC turning centres,
Tool nose radius and tool position offsets in CNC turning centres, diameter
programming, Canned (fixed) cycles, manual part programming for turning center.

Scheme and Syllabi 83 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Part programming for milling and drilling: Zero setting in CNC machining
centres, canned (fixed) cycles, manual part programming for milling and drilling.
Tool diameter and length offset (compensation) features.
4 Computer Aided Part Programming – APT (Automatically Programmed Tool) 4
and Part Program generation through CAD/CAM software
5 Group technology, Flexible Manufacturing System (FMS) and Computer 6
Integrated Manufacturing (CIM), Case study/ term project

Text Books:
1 Automation, Production Systems and Mikell P. Groover Prentice Hall India
Computer Integrated Manufacturing
2 CAD/CAM/CIM Principles and P. N. Rao McGraw Hill
Applications Education

References:
1 Numerical Control and Computer Aided Kundra, Rao and Tiwari TMH
Manufacturing
2 Computer Control of Manufacturing Yoram Koren McGraw-Hill Book
Systems Company
3 CNC Machining Technology - Vol. 1, 2 & G. T. Smith Springer-Verlag
3
4 Principal of Computer Integrated S. Kant Vajpayee PHI
Manufacturing
5 Machinery's Handbook Erik Oberg and Franklin Industrial Press, Inc.
D. Jones
6 Computer Aided Design and NPTEL
Manufacturing I
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112102102
7 NPTEL Video Course : Computer NPTEL
Integrated Manufacturing
https://www.digimat.in/nptel/courses/video
/112104289/L01.html
8 NPTEL Video Course : Computer Aided NPTEL
Design and Manufacturing
https://www.digimat.in/nptel/courses/video
/112102101/L01.html
9 Computer numerical control CNC of Swayam
machine tools and processes
https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc19_me
46/preview
10 Introduction to CAD, CAM, and Practical Coursera
CNC Machining
https://www.coursera.org/learn/introductio
n-cad-cam-practical-cnc-machining
##

Scheme and Syllabi 84 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Computer Aided Manufacturing Lab
ME***** 0-0-2:1

Prerequisites: NIL
Course Outcomes:

CO1 Students will be able to understand the features of CNCs and programming concepts.
understand the differences in trainer and production CNCs.
CO2 Students will be able to learn, write and implement part programming of CNC lathe.
CO3 Students will be able to learn, write and implement part programming of CNC milling
machine.

Course Articulation Matrix:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3

CO2 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 3

CO3 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 3

No.
Unit Details
Hrs
1 Introduction of CNC, its features, required programming concepts and over view 2
of CAM Lab
2 Study of HMT CNC TRAINMASTER Lathe and Mach3 controller/ Denford 2
ORAC CNC Lathe and Mach3 controller and study of CNC tooling for Lathe
3 Part programming using GM codes for lathe machine (2 programs) and 2
verification on HMT T70/ Denford ORAC CNC Lathe through Mach3 controller
Program1: Facing, Step Turning, Taper turning, Profile Turning, boring
Program2: Threading, use of canned (fixed) cycles in lathe operations
4 Study of PMT CNC PND-320 turning centre and features of Fanuc O-T controller 2
5 Study of various types of Automatic Tool changers (Fitted in PND-320, Denford 2
ORAC lathe and Denford TRIAC Milling)
6 Study of HMT CNC TRAINMASTER Vertical Machining Centre and Mach3 2
controller/ Denford TRAIC CNC milling machine and Mach3 controller and study
of CNC tooling for machining center
7 Part programming using GM codes for Drilling/ Milling (2 programs) and 2
verification on software and HMT VMC200/ Denford Traic CNC milling
machine through Mach3 controller
Program1: Drilling, slot milling, pocket milling
Program2: Profile milling (with tool radius compensation), use of canned (fixed)
cycles in milling/drilling operations
8 Automatic generation of G-M code from CAD/CAM software and a case study 2

Scheme and Syllabi 85 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

References:
1 Operating and instruction manual of HMT T70 train master HMT
lathe
2 Operating and instruction manual of HMT train master vertical HMT
machining centre (VMC200)
3 Operating and instruction manual of PMT PND 320 CNC PMT
turning centre and Fanuc-OT programming manual Automatics,
Pune
4 Mach3 programming manual for CNC Lathe and milling Artsoft
machine

##

Scheme and Syllabi 86 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Manufacturing Science and Technology-II
ME***** 3-0-0:3

Prerequisites: Workshop and Manufacturing Processes

Course Outcomes

CO1 Student will be able to apply the concept of machining processes to develop a product with
required shape, size, accuracy and quality in any manufacturing industry.
CO2 Student will be able to apply the concept of abrasive machining processes for finishing the
job of various geometries to get the required finish, accuracy and quality of the product.
CO3 Students will be able to apply the concept of various welding and allied processes for joining
parts in any manuafacturing industry.

Course Articulation Matrix

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 3 1 1 - 1 1 1 2 - 1 3 2
CO2 3 3 3 1 1 - 1 1 1 2 - 1 3 2
CO3 3 3 2 1 1 - 1 1 1 2 - 1 3 2

Course Contents

Unit Details Hrs

1 Machining-I: Theory of Metal Cutting- Mechanism of Chip Formation and Types of 9


Chips; Orthogonal and Oblique cutting; Geometry of Orthogonal Cutting- Shear
Strain and Shear Strain Rate; Mechanics and Thermodynamics of Orthogonal
Cutting-Cutting Forces and Merchant Circle Diagram; Merchant Theory and Shear
Angle; Shear Velocity and Chip Velocity; Energy and Power; Chip Tool Contact
Length; Heat flux and Temperature in Shear and Friction plane; and Cutting fluid
applications; Technology of Cutting Tools: Materials- Properties, Development,
Composition and Applications; Geometry- Single Point Tool, Twist Drill, Milling
Cutter and Broach, and Life- Failure, Wearing, and Evaluation Assessment
Evaluation of Machinability

2 Machining-II: Single Point Cutting Tool based Machining Operations and Machine 15
Tools-Turning and Related Operations; Lathe Machine: Centre Lathe and Capstan
Lathe; Shaping and Related Operations; Reciprocating Machines: Shaper Machine
and Planer Machine; Multi Point Cutting Tool based Machining Operations and
Machine Tools-Drilling and Related Operations; Drilling Machine-Pillar Drilling
Machine and Radial Drilling Machine; Milling and Other Operations; Milling
Machine-Horizontal Milling Machine and Vertical Milling Machine; Broaching
Operations and Broaching Machine; Evaluation of Machinability-Index Factor based
Evaluation and Other Factor based Evaluation; Analysis of Economics-Minimum

Scheme and Syllabi 87 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Production Cost based Analysis; Minimum Production Time based Analysis.


Introduction to unconventional machining processes.

3 Abrasive Machining- Need and Classifications; Abrasive Grinding Operations- 6


Technology of Grinding Wheel-Composition, Specification, Selection and Life;
Classifications of Grinding Operations; Surface Grinding Operations and Surface
Grinder; Cylindrical Grinding Operations and Cylindrical Grinder; Analysis of
Grinding Operation: Uncut Chip Size, MRR and Surface Finish; Forces and
Temperature; Abrasive Finishing Operations-Honing and Lapping; Polishing and
Buffing; Superfinishing; Abrasive Flow Finishing; Magnetic Abrasive Finishing

4 Joining Manufacturing: Need and Classifications of Joining Processes; Solid 6


Welding-Diffusion, Friction, Explosive and Ultrasonic; Fusion Resistance Welding-
Spot, Projection and Seam welding; Resistant Butt and Flash Butt welding; High
Frequency Resistance and High Frequency Induction welding; Fusion Arc Welding-
GTAW, PAW, SMAW, GMAW, SAW and ESW; Fusion Gas Welding: Oxy
Acetylene welding; Fusion Thermite Welding; Fusion Beam Welding: LBW and
EBW; Welding Defects and Inspection; Characteristics and applications of Brazing
and Soldering

Text/Reference Books:
1. Groover’s Principles of Modern Manufacturing: Materials, Processes and Systems by M. P.
Groover, John Wiley and Sons, New Delhi (SI Edition)
2. Manufacturing Science by Ghosh and Mallik, East West Press Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi
3. Introduction to Machining Science by G.K. Lal, New Age International (P) Ltd, New Delhi
##

Scheme and Syllabi 88 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Manufacturing Technology Lab-II
ME***** 0-0-2:1
Prerequisites: Workshop and Manufacturing Processes

Course Outcomes

CO1 Students will be able to handle various metal cutting and grinding machines available in a
production shop.
CO2 Students will be able to make a process plan for a given job drawing.
CO3 Students will be able to handle the GMAW/MIG welding available in a manufacturing
industry

Course Articulation Matrix

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 3 2 1 - 1 1 2 2 - 1 3 2
CO2 3 3 2 1 1 - 1 1 2 2 - 1 3 2
CO3 3 2 2 1 1 - 1 1 2 2 - 1 3 2

Course Contents:

Unit Details Hrs


1 Preparation of Single Point Cutting Tool as per the given tool specification. Also 2
write the process sheet for the same.
2 To make a job as per drawing on the Capstan Lathe. Write the process sheet and draw 2
the sketches of the machine tool and tools used
3 To make a job as per drawing using Radial Drilling Machine. Write the process sheet 2
and draw the sketches of the machine tools and tools used.
4 Study of Indexing Mechanism for Gear Cutting and to cut gear on a gear blank using 2
Indexing Mechanism on Horizontal Milling Machine. Write the process sheet and
draw the sketches of the machine tool and tools used.
5 To make a slot as per the given drawing using Vertical Milling Machine. Write the 2
process sheet and draw the sketches of the machine tool and tools used.
6 Study of constructional details and working of Shaper, Planer and Slotter. 2
7 To make a job as per drawing using Cylindrical Grinding Machine. Write the process 2
sheet and draw the Sketches of the machine tool and tools used.
8 To make a job as per drawing using Surface Grinding Machine. Write the process 2
sheet and draw the Sketches of the machine tool and tools used.
9 Study of DIE SINKING ELECTRICAL DISCHARGE MACHINE and finding the 2
effect of input process parameters on output performance parameters due to
machining of hardened steel
10 Study of TRAVELLING WIRE ELECTRICAL DISCHARGE MACHINE and
finding the effect of input process parameters on output performance parameters due
to machining of hardened steel

Scheme and Syllabi 89 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

11 Study of LASER BEAM MACHINE 2


12 Study of GMAW/GTAW WELDING MACHINE. Also draw the sketches of the 2
tools used

Text Books:
1. A Course in Workshop Technology, Vol. II (Machine Tools) by B.S. Raghuwanshi,
Dhanpat Rai & Co. (P) Ltd.
Reference Books:
1. Introduction to Machining Science by G. K. Lal, New Age International Ltd., New Delhi
2. Manufacturing Science by Ghosh and Mallik, East West Press Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi

##

Scheme and Syllabi 90 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Automobile Engineering
ME***** 3-0-0:3
Prerequisites: Engineering Thermodynamics, Engineering mechanics, Material Science, Strength
of Materials.
Course Outcomes:
CO1 Students will able to understand the different types of auto vehicles and transmission
system.
CO2 Students will able to acquire knowledge on the steering system, suspension system, braking
system and wheels and tyre assembly.
CO3 Student will able to evaluate various resistances and aerodynamics drag force on auto
vehicle body.
CO4 Students will able to acquire knowledge on lubricating and cooling systems, Lighting
system in automobile and exhaust System.

Course Articulation Matrix:


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 - 2 - 2 2 2
CO2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 - 1 - 2 3 3
CO3 3 2 2 1 2 3 2 2 - 1 - 2 3 3
CO4 2 2 3 1 1 2 3 2 - 2 - 2 2 3

No.
Unit Details
Hrs
Introduction to Auto Vehicles: History of automobile, Classification of
1 automobile, Types of chassis layout and type of drive, Types of chassis- fully 4
forward, semi forward, Truck or bus chassis, two & three wheeler chassis layout.
Power Transmissions: (Manual, Semi-automatic and Fully Automatic)
Clutches and its types, Gear Box and its types, Fluid Couplings, Torque
2 convertors, Semi Automatic & Automatic Transmission, Continuous Variable 8
Transmission (CVT), Telescopic joint and Propeller Shaft, Differential and its
types, Axles and its types and Traction Control.
Steering and Suspension System Steering linkages, functions of steering
mechanism, steering gear box types, wheel geometry, and power steering systems.
3 8
Suspension geometry, Dependent and independent suspension systems, coil and
leaf spring suspension, Shock Absorbers and Torsion Bar
Braking System and Wheels and Tyre Assembly: Mechanical Brakes,
Hydraulic Brakes, constructional and operation of ABS, Pneumatic Brakes and
4 Vacuum Brakes and hand brake. 8
Wheel quality, assembly, types of wheels, wheel rims. Construction of tyres and
tyre specifications.
Automotive Body and Road Safety: Vehicle body styles, Aerodynamic
considerations in body profiling, resistance calculation.
5 Road Safety, seat belt, air bags, bumper, anti lock brake system (ABS), wind 6
shield, suspension sensors, traction control, mirrors, central locking and electric
windows, speed control.
Miscellaneous: Lubricating system and cooling systems, Air-conditioning and
6 4
Lighting system in automobile and exhaust System.

Text Books:

Scheme and Syllabi 91 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

1 The Motor Vehicle Newton & Steeds & Butterworth-Heinemann


Garrot
2 Advanced Vehicle Heinz Heisler Butterworth-Heinemann
Technology
3 Automotive Engineering David A Crolla. Elsevier collection
References:
1 Tire and Vehicle Dynamics Hans B Pacejka Elsevier Ltd
2 Road Vehicle Dynamics Rao V Dukkipati Springer
3 Ground Vehicle Dynamics Werner and Karl Berlin Heidelberg
4 Theory of Ground Vehicles Wong H. McGraw Hill, Second edition

##

Scheme and Syllabi 92 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Semester-VI

Scheme and Syllabi 93 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Refrigeration and Air Conditioning
ME***** 3-0-0:3

Prerequisites: Engineering Thermodynamics, Heat and mass Transfer

Course Outcomes:

CO1 Students will be able to identify basic components of a refrigeration systems


CO2 Students will be able to evaluate the performance of various refrigeration systems.
CO3 Students will be able to perform calculations for various psychrometric processes using
the psychrometric charts
CO4 Students will be able to explain the functioning of the air conditioning system under
different conditions
CO5 Students will be able to calculate load for air conditioning applications

Course Articulation Matrix:

PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO1 PO1 PO1 PSO PSO


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 1 2
CO1 1 - - - - - - - - - - 2 2 1
CO2 3 3 2 3 1 3 3 2 2 2 2 - 3 3
CO3 3 2 2 2 1 2 2 - - - - - 2 2
CO4 3 2 1 1 1 - - - - 2 - - 2 1
CO5 3 3 3 3 1 2 2 2 2 - 2 - 2 2

Unit Details No. Hrs

1 Refrigeration-Introduction, methods of refrigeration, Applications, Carnot 5


refrigeration cycle, Unit of refrigeration capacity, Coefficient of
Performance, Heat Pumps
2 Vapour compression system-Analysis of ideal vapour compression cycle, 6
Use of T-s and p-h charts, Effect of pressure changes, subcooling of
condensate and superheating of suction vapour on COP, Actual Vapour-
Compression cycle, Cascade refrigeration systems
3 Vapour Absorption system-Comparison between absorption and 4
compression systems, Water-Lithium Bromide and Ammonia –water
absorption systems, Single-effect and double-effect systems.
4 Air refrigeration cycle:Brayton refrigeration cycle and its analysis, Aircraft 4
refrigeration systems.
5 Refrigerants-Classification and nomenclature, Desirable properties of 4
refrigerants, conventional and CFC free (ozone friendly) refrigerants.
6 Psychrometry-Psychrometric terms and definitions, Psychrometric 6
processes, comfort chart.
7 Air-conditioning systems-Cooling and heating loads calculations, 6
Apparatus Dew Point and By-pass factor of cooling coils, window, split and
central air-conditioning systems.

Scheme and Syllabi 94 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Text Books:
1 Refrigeration and Air- C.P.Arora Tata McGraw-Hill
conditioning
2 Refrigeration and Air- Manohar Prasad New Age International
conditioning

References:

1 Refrigeration and air W. F.Stoecker, and J. W. Mc GrawHill Book Co, New


conditioning, Jones York.

2 Principles of refrigeration Roy J Dossat Prentice Hall

3 Refrigerant Tables and Banwait&Laroiya Birla Publications.


Charts

##

Scheme and Syllabi 95 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Lab
ME***** 2-0-0:2
Pre-requisites: Basic knowledge of Energy Science and Renewable Energy.

Course Outcome

S.N. Outcomes
CO1 Students will be able to identify basic components of a refrigeration systems
CO2 Students will be able to evaluate the performance of various refrigeration systems.
CO3 Apply the concepts of refrigeration and air-conditioning.
CO4 Analyse the performances of air-conditioning systems.

Course Articulation Matrix:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 2
CO2 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 2
CO3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 2 2 3 3 3
CO4 3 3 2 3 3 3 2 3 3 2 3 3 3 3

Module Name of Experiment Duration


1 Study and Performance analysis of vapour compression refrigeration system 2
2 Study and Performance analysis of Triple fluid vapour absorption system 2
3 Study and Performance analysis of vortex tube refrigerator R434 2
4 Study and Performance analysis of heat pump trainer 2
5 Study and Performance analysis of different types of pyschrometers 2
6 Study and Performance analysis of air-conditioning unit. 2
7 Study and performance analysis of Ice-plant. 2
8 Evacuation and charging of a vapour compression refrigeration system 2
9 Analysis of vapour compression cycle using cool pack software 2
10 Analysis of vapour compression cycle using open-source coding platform 2
11 Load calculation of building and energy analysis using E-Quest software 2
package

Text Books:

1 Refrigeration and Air- C.P.Arora Tata McGraw-Hill


conditioning
2 Refrigeration and Air- Manohar Prasad New Age International
conditioning

Scheme and Syllabi 96 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

References:

1 Refrigeration and air W. F.Stoecker, and J. W. Mc GrawHill Book Co, New


conditioning, Jones York.

2 Principles of refrigeration Roy J Dossat Prentice Hall

3 Refrigerant Tables and Banwait&Laroiya Birla Publications.


Charts

##

Scheme and Syllabi 97 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Mechanical System Design
ME***** 3-0-0:3
Prerequisites: Mechanics of Materials, Design of Machine Elements
Course Outcomes:

CO1 Students will be able to apply knowledge of basic science and engineering fundamentals
for design of a more complex and diverse engineering system utilizing a systems approach.
CO2 Students will have ability to communicate within the design group effectively to identify
the requirements of a design problem and will be able to formulate and give a tangible
solution.
CO3 Students will be able to evaluate the concepts and designs developed during different
phases of the design.
CO4 Students will be able to test the design by mathematical tools, prototype testing and verify
the results.
Course Articulation Matrix:
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 2 3 1 3 3 3 3
CO2 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 2 3 3 3
CO3 3 3 3 2 3 2 1 1 3 3 2 3 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 2 3 3 1 3 3 3

Units Title Lectures


1 Design Process: Types of design work, The role of the designer, creativity, 7
The morphology of the design process; Systems Approach: Fundamentals of
Technical System: System, plant, components, equipment, machines, and
assemblies; The Application of Systems concepts in Engineering Design,
Identification of Engineering functions and engineering characteristics,
Conversion of energy, material and signals, Functional relationship, Working
interrelationship: physical effects, Product and function decomposition
diagram, Engineering Activity Matrix, A case study.
2 Problem Definition and Need Identification, Identifying Customer Needs, 7
System interface, importance and types of requirements, Types of Customer
requirements, Functional requirements and company requirements; Gathering
Information on Existing Products, Establishing the Engineering Characteristics,
Quality Function Deployment, Product Design Specification, Team Behaviour
and Tools, Gathering Information, Types of Design Information, Sources of
Design Information
3. Functional analysis and variants: Creative thinking, Functions, classification 7
of functions, functional variants, relocating functions, subdividing functions,
combining or eliminating functions, Study of system equation, Physical effects
–Physical effects for generating force and other functions, Physical laws and
effects relating physical quantities, Solutions for basic functions; Generating
concept variants from sub-solutions, case study: Liquid pressure variator;
Concept evaluation: absolute and relative, Case study.
4. Decision Making and Concept Selection: Introduction, Decision Making - 4

Scheme and Syllabi 98 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Behavioral aspects of decision making, Decision theory, Decision tree;


Evaluation processes, Using models in evaluation, Pugh Concept selection
process, Weighted Decision Matrix, Analytic Hierarchy Process (AHP)
5. Configuration – Product architecture and Part design, Embodiment/Parametric 5
– Steps in parametric design, Belt and Pulley example and Detail design,
Manufacturing considerations in design, guidelines in designing for assembly
6 Mathematical Modelling Concepts: Models – Iconic, Analog, symbolic and a 5
proof-of-concept, prototype; Choosing appropriate model, Aids to
mathematical modelling – Dimensional analysis, scale model, A Process for
Mathematical Model Building, Geometric modelling, Finite Element Method,
Case Study

Text Book:
1. G.E.Dieter, “Engineering Design: A Materials and Processing Approach” McGraw Hill.
2. Hundal, M. S., “Systematic Mechanical Designing: A Cost and Management Perspective’’,
New York, ASME Press,1997.
References:
1. J.R.Dixon, “Design Engineering and design for manufacture” Field Stone Pub.
2. David G.Ullman, “The Mechanical Design Process”, McGraw Hill
3. R.J.Eggert, “Engineering Design”, Pearson/Prentice Hall.
4. Martin S Ray, “Elements of Engineering Design”, Prentice Hall
5. Principles of Design: Nam P Suh, McGraw Hill 1999
6. Total Design: Stuart Pugh, Pearson Education

##

Scheme and Syllabi 99 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Robotics and Mechatronics
ME-***** 3-0-0:3

Prerequisites: Basic knowledge of Kinematics, instrumentation and process Control

Course Outcomes:

CO1 Students will understand and identify the concepts of Robotics and automation systems.
Basic components robot manipulator and measurement systems and their working
principles.
CO2 Students will be able to Identify and Classify the types of industrial robots based on DOF,
control system and Study/analyse the mechanical and electro-mechanical systems.
CO3 Students will be able to analyse and evaluate the motion analysis based on Robot
kinematics & Identify, Classify and evaluate the design data for commonly used sensors
and actuators.
CO4 Students will be able to Apply and analyse the acquired knowledge for trajectory planning
like pick and place operation and able to prepare the PLC programming to control a
mechatronics system and analyse it’s functionality. To get familiar with the latest
improvements in robotics technology.

Course Articulation Matrix:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 3 3
CO2 3 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 3 2
CO3 3 2 3 2 3 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2
CO4 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 3 3

Units Details Nos. of


Hrs
1 Introduction: Automation and Robotics, An over view of Robotics – present 06
and future applications – classification by coordinate system and control
system, Fundamentals of Mechatronics, Conventional vs. Mechatronics
Systems. Need of Mechatronics systems in Engineering. Classification of
Mechatronics etc.
2 Components of the Industrial Robotics: Function line diagram representation 06
of robot arms, common types of arms. Components, Architecture, number of
degrees of freedom – Requirements and challenges of end effectors,
determination of the end effectors, comparison of Electric, Hydraulic and
Pneumatic types of locomotion devices.
3 Introduction, General Description of Robot Manipulator, Mathematical 06
Preliminaries on Vectors & Matrices, Homogenous Representation of
Objects, Robotic Manipulator Joint Co-Ordinate System, Euler Angle &
Euler Transformations, Roll-Pitch-Yaw(RPY) Transformation, Relative
Transformation, Direct & Inverse Kinematics’ Solution, D H Representation
& Displacement Matrices for Standard Configurations, Geometrical
Approach to Inverse Kinematics etc.

Scheme and Syllabi 100 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

4 Components of Mechatronic systems and their Modeling. Mechatronics 04


model of different mechanical systems, their Block diagram with examples.
5 Introduction to Actuators and actuating devices with special reference to 06
Robotics and Mechatronics, their working principles etc. stepper motor,
pneumatics and hydraulic actuators etc.
6 Introduction, Various Teaching Methods, Typical Programming Examples 06
such as Palletizing, Loading a Machine – Robot programming, languages and
softwares. Advance Mechatronics systems such as PLCs/SCADA,
Microcontroller based control of Electric Motors, Case studies etc.

Text Books:
1. Saeed B. Niku, Introduction to Robotics, Analysis, Systems, Applications, PHI Publications.
2. Mechatronics by W. Bolton, Pearson Publication McGraw Hill.

References
1. FU K S, Gonzalez RC, Lee CSG; Robotics –Control, sensing, TMH Publ.
2. S R Dev, Robotics Technology and Flexible Automation, Tata McGraw Hill
3. Saha S; Introduction to Robotics; TMH Publications
4. Mechatronics by Dan Necsulescu, Pearson Publication
5. Mechatronics by David G. Alciatore and Michael B. Histand, TMH Edition.

COURSERA Link: https://www.coursera.org/certificates/robotics-mechatronics-


iitguwahati#courses

##

Scheme and Syllabi 101 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Robotics and Mechatronics Lab
ME-***** 0-0-2:1

Prerequisites: Basic knowledge of Instrumentation and process Control lab

Course Outcomes:

CO1 Students will able identify and understand the basic components of Robotics and
Mechatronics systems.
CO2 Students will be able to Identify and Classify the types of industrial robots based on DOF,
control system and Study/analyse the mechanical and electro-mechanical systems.
CO3 Students will be able to analyse and evaluate the motion analysis such as Robot kinematics
& Identify, Classify and Operate various sensors and actuators.
CO4 Students will be able to Apply and analyse the acquired knowledge for trajectory planning
like pick and place operation and able to prepare the PLC programming to control a
mechatronics system and analyse it’s functionality.

Course Articulation Matrix:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 2 2 3 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 3 3
CO2 3 1 2 1 1 1 1 -- -- -- 1 -- 3 2
CO3 3 1 3 1 1 1 1 -- -- -- 1 -- 2 2
CO4 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Module Name of Experiment Duration


1 INTRODUCTION TO DEGREES OF FREEDOM AND 02
CLASSIFICATION OF ROBOTS
Objective:
To study classification of robots based on workspace.
To study degrees of freedom of robots.
To study various robot joints.
2 Study of different components and working of MOTOMAN HP3 02
NX100 6-DOF robot
Objective:
To study the
Forward kinematics of Robots
Inverse kinematics of robots
3 Programming and demonstration of MOTOMAN 6-axis robot using
Teach pendent.

4 Understanding VREP SOFTWARE and its features/Offline Robot 02


Programming for Pick and place operation.
5 STUDY AND OPERATION OF SENSOR KIT (USING QNET 02
MECHATRONICS SENSOR TRAINER).
Objective:
Operation of Potentiometer sensor for measurement of
Displacement etc.

Scheme and Syllabi 102 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Operation of Piezo-electric type sensor for measurement of


Pressure/Force.
Operation Strain gauge type sensor for measurement of Strain.
6 RUN THE DC/STEPPER MOTOR AT DIFFERENT 02
OPERATING CONDITION:
Objective:
To run a stepper motor at different speed and different
direction like Forward and Reverse Direction and
calculate the rpm.
7 ELECTRO PNEUMATIC CIRCUIT TO CONTROL THE SINGLE 02
ACTING CYLINDER:
Objective:
To construct a pneumatic circuit to control the single
acting cylinder electrically using push button switch.
8 OPERATION OF HYDRAULIC ACTUATORS IN DIFFERENT 02
OPERATING CONDITIONS.
Objective:
To study the various hydraulic components used in hydraulic
systems and to understand the working of them.
To actuate a single and double acting cylinders using pilot
valves and measure the pressure.
9 AUTOMATIC DOOR OPENING AND CLOSING: 02
Objective:
To simulate a automatic door opening and closing system using
PLC

Text Books:
1. Saeed B. Niku, Introduction to Robotics, Analysis, Systems, Applications, PHI Publications.
2. Mechatronics by W. Bolton, Pearson Publication McGraw Hill.

References
1. FU K S, Gonzalez RC, Lee CSG; Robotics –Control, sensing, TMH Publ.
2. S R Dev, Robotics Technology and Flexible Automation, Tata McGraw Hill
3. Saha S; Introduction to Robotics; TMH Publications
4. Mechatronics by Dan Necsulescu, Pearson Publication
5. Mechatronics by David G. Alciatore and Michael B. Histand, TMH Edition.
6. Instruction and operating manual of Motoman HP3 NX100 6-axis robot by Yaskawa

##

Scheme and Syllabi 103 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Core Elective Courses- 2, 3, 4 and 5 (V&VI Semester)


Course Code: Finite Element Method in Engineering Credits:
ME ***** 3-0-0:3

Prerequisites: NIL
Course Outcomes:

CO1 Students will be able to understand the fundamental aspects of finite element method.
CO2 Students will be able to formulate the 1d engineering problems and solve them by hand
calculations and FE software.
CO3 Students will be able to formulate the 2d engineering problems and solve them by hand
calculations and FE software.
CO4 Students will be able to formulate the 3d engineering problems and solve them by
programming and FE software.

Course Articulation Matrix:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 3 3
CO2 2 2 3 2 3 1 2 2 2 3 3
CO3 2 2 3 2 3 1 2 2 2 3 3
CO4 2 2 3 2 3 1 2 2 2 3 3

No.
Unit Details
Hrs
1 Introduction: Basic concept, Historical background, and General applications of
1
finite element method.
2 Approaches of FEM: Discrete, Variational and Weighted Residual. 5
3 Direct Problems: 1-D Rod and Heat conduction, Truss Systems, Solution and its 6
post processing by hand calculations and FE software
4 1-D Thermal and Beam Bending Problems: Formulation using Galerkin and 6
Rayleigh-Ritz approaches, Derivation of elemental equations and their assembly,
Solution and its post process by hand calculations and FE software.

5 2-D Thermal and Plane stress, Plane strain and Axi-symmetric Problems- 8
Formulation using Galerkin and Rayleigh-Ritz approaches, Derivation of
elemental equations and their assembly, Solution and its post processing by hand
calculations, and FE software.
6 3-D Thermal and Stress Problems- Formulation using Galerkin and Rayleigh- 6
Ritz approaches, Derivation of elemental equations and their assembly, Solution
and its post processing by programming and FE software.

Scheme and Syllabi 104 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Textbooks:
1 A first course in the finite Daryl L. Logan Cengage Learning India Pvt.
element method Ltd
2 Textbook of Finite Element P Seshu PHI
Analysis

References:

1. Introduction to Finite Elements in Engineering Tirupathi Pearson


Chandrupatla , Ashok
Belegundu
2. The Finite Element Method for Engineers Kenneth H. Huebner, Wiley India Pvt.
Donald L. Dewhirst, Ltd
Doughlas E. Smith
3. Fundamentals of Finite Element Analysis David V. Hutton Tata McGraw
Hill Education
4. The Finite Element Method in Engineering S. S. Rao Butterworth-
Heinemann
5. Finite Element Procedure K. J. Bathe PHI
6. Concept and Applications of Finite Element Robert D. Cook, John Wiley
Analysis David S. Malkus,
Michael E. Plesha,
Robert J. Witt
##

Scheme and Syllabi 105 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Operations Research Credits:


ME***** 3-0-0:3
Pre-requisites: NIL
COURSE OUTCOME

CO Outcomes
CO1 Understand the characteristics of different types of decision-making environments.
CO2 Identification and formulation of the problem in real life
CO3 Understand the appropriate decision making approaches and tools to be used in each type.
CO4 Formulate and solve LPP, Transportation, Assignment, and Scheduling Models with real
life problems
CO5 Design new simple models, like: CPM, PERT to improve decision making.

Course Articulation Matrix

Program Outcomes
CO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 3 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 2 2
CO2 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 2 2
CO3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3
CO4 3 2 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3
CO5 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3

Unit Content Lectures


1 BASICS OF OR - Development of Operations Research, Definition of 6
Operations Research, Characteristics of Operations Research, Scope of
Operations Research, Operations Research and Decision-Making, Scope of
Operations Research in Management, Scope of OR in Financial Management
,Application of various OR Techniques, Objective of Operations Research
INVENTORY CONTROL - Necessity for Maintaining Inventory, Inventory
Costs, Inventory Control Problem, Classification of Fixed Order Quality
Inventory Models, Inventory Models with Deterministic Demand
2 LINEAR PROGRAMMING - Introduction, Formulation of Linear 12
Programming problems, Graphical Method of Solution, The General Linear
Programming problem, Canonical and Standard Forms of Linear
Programming Problem, Theory of Simplex Method, Analytical Method or
Trial and Error Method, The Simplex Method (Technique or Algorithm),
Artificial Variables Techniques, The Big-M Method, The Two-Phase Method
3 TRANSPORTATION MODELS-Introduction to the Model, Definition of 12
the Transportation Model, Matrix Terminology, Formulation and solution of
Transportation Models, Variants in Transportation Problems, Additional
Problems.
ASSIGNMENT MODEL-Definition of the Assignment Model,
Mathematical Representation of the Assignment Model, Comparison with the

Scheme and Syllabi 106 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Assignment Model, The Hungarian Method for Solution of the Assignment


Problems, Formulation and solution of the Assignment Models, Variations of
the Assignment Problem, The Travelling Salesman Problem.
SEQUENCING MODELS -Sequencing problems, Assumptions in
Sequencing Problems, Processing n Jobs through one Machine, Processing n
Jobs through two Machines, Processing n Jobs through three Machines,
Processing two Jobs through m Machines, Processing n Jobs through m
Machines, Problems related to Sequencing(Routing Problems in
Networks),Minimal Path Problem.
4 GAME THEORY - Game theory, Formulate two-person zero-sum game, 6
Solve a simple game, Solve mixed strategy games using graphical method and
LP ,Describe reduction using dominated strategy, Introduce saddle point
condition, Formulation of Two-person Zero-sum game,. Solution of simple
games, Mixed strategy games, Solving using Graphical Method, Solving
Using LP, Reduction using Dominated Strategies, Saddle point Condition,
Examples.
5 NETWORK ANALYSIS - Network models, Identify the situation in which 6
minimum spanning tree algorithm can be used, Identify the situation in which
shortest path algorithm can be used, Identify the situation in which maximal
flow algorithm can be used, Draw network diagram, Analyze the network,
Identify critical path, CPM. Apply PERT using Optimistic, Most likely,
pessimistic times of activities, Find the probability of completing the project,
Minimal spanning tree problem, Shortest route problem, Maximal flow
problem

Text Books:
1. Operations Research An Introduction by H.Taha
2. Operations Research by Heera and Gupta

REFERENCES
1. Introduction to Operations Research by Hillier & Lieberman
2. Operations Research by V K Kapur
3. Operations Research by S D Sharma

##

Scheme and Syllabi 107 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Automatic Control Credits:


ME***** 3-0-0:3

Prerequisites: Mathematics – I and Mathematics – II

Course Outcomes:

CO1 Students will be able to apply the modelling fundamentals to obtain state-space and transfer
function models of linear control systems.
CO2 Students will be able to compute the time response of linear control systems.
CO3 Students will be able to compute the frequency response of linear control systems.
CO4 Students will be able to analyse the linear control systems to identify the characteristics of
the systems.
CO5 Students will be able to design the linear controller based on the desired characteristics of
the systems.

Course Articulation Matrix:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 3 3 2 3 - - 2 2 2 1 2 3 3
CO2 3 3 3 2 3 - - 2 2 2 1 2 3 3
CO3 3 3 3 2 3 - - 2 2 2 1 2 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 2 3 - - 2 2 2 1 2 3 3
CO5 3 3 3 3 3 1 - 2 2 3 1 3 3 3

No.
Unit Details
Hrs
1 Introduction to control, open-loop control, feedback control, Modelling of 8
mechanical, electrical and hydraulic dynamic systems, Properties of Laplace
transform, Transfer function modelling, Representation of multiple subsystems:
Block diagrams, Signal flow graphs, State-space representation, State-space
model solution.
2 Time response of first order system, time-constant, Time response of second order 7
systems, Pole locations and Time Response, Transient Response Analysis,
Stability analysis using the Routh-Hurwitz test, Relative Stability, Steady state
error, PID Controller Design.
3 Root locus analysis: Sketching a root locus, Selection of gain from the root locus, 6
Design of Lead and Lag Compensators using the root locus.
4 Frequency response analysis: Bode plot, Nyquist plot, Stability Analysis: Nyquist 8
theorem, Stability Margins, Closed loop frequency response, Design of Lead and
Lag Compensators using Frequency Domain Techniques.
5 Linear discrete time systems: z-transform, mathematical modelling, stability 6
analysis, steady-state error, dynamic performance of discrete time systems

Scheme and Syllabi 108 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Text Books:
1 Automatic Control Systems B C Kuo and F Wiley
Golnaraghi
2 Modern Control Engineering K Ogata Pearson Education.
3 Discrete-Time Control Systems K Ogata Pearson Education
References:

1 Control Systems: Principles M Gopal Tata McGraw-


and Design Hill
2 Automatic Control F H Raven McGraw-Hill
Engineering
3 Control Systems Engineering I J Nagrath and M Gopal New Age
International
4 Feedback Control of Dynamic G F Franklin, J D Powell and A Prentice-Hall
Systems Emami-Naeini
5 Automatic Control https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112107240
6 Control engineering https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108106098

##

Scheme and Syllabi 109 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:3


Industrial Safety and Reliability Engineering
ME*****

Prerequisites: Industrial application and safety Engineering


Course Outcomes:

CO1 Students will be able to understand basic knowledge in failure rate and time between
failures.
CO2 Students will be able to formulate the root cause analysis. Explain the different failure
distribution and probability plotting techniques.
CO3 Students will be able to analyze and determine the effect of the lifecycle cost and
allocation. Express the RBD approach and Fault Tree Analysis.
CO4 Students will be able to predict knowledge on risk assessment techniques. Measure
reliability allocations and non-parametric methods.

Course Articulation Matrix:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 2 3 2 1 1 2 1 3 2 3 2 3 3 2
CO2 3 2 2 1 1 3 2 2 2 3 3 3 2 2
CO3 3 3 2 2 3 2 1 1 3 2 2 2 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 2 3 3 1 2 2 3 3 3 2 3

No.
Unit Details Hrs

Introduction, key concepts, terminologies, and safety quantification, safety by 5


design. Hazard identification techniques (e.g., HAZOP, FMEA, etc.). Fault tree
1
and event tree analysis (qualitative & quantitative). Bow-tie and quantitative risk
assessment (QRA).
Safety function deployment, Safety vs reliability – quantification of basic events 7
(repair to failure, repair-failure-repair, and combined processes)
2 Safety vs reliability – quantification of basic events (contd.), Systems safety
quantification (e.g., truth tables, structure functions, minimal cut sets)
Human error analysis and safety.
Accident investigation and analysis, Application of virtual reality, OSHAS 18001 6
and OSHMS. Rules for combining probabilities of events, Definition of
3
Reliability. Significance of the terms appearing in the definition. Probability
distributions: Random variables, probability density and distribution functions.
Hazard rate, derivation of the reliability function in terms of the hazard rate. 5
Failures: Causes of failures, types of failures (early failures, chance failures and
4 wear-out failures). Bath tub curve. Preventive and corrective maintenance. Modes
of failure. Measures of reliability: mean time to failure and mean time between
failures.

Scheme and Syllabi 110 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Classification of engineering systems: series, parallel and series-parallel systems- 6


Expressions for the reliability of the basic configurations. Reliability evaluation of
5 Non-series-parallel configurations: Decomposition, Path based and cutest based
methods, Deduction of the Paths and cut sets from Event tree.

Approximate system Reliability analysis of Series systems, parallel systems with


two and more than two components, Network reduction techniques. Minimal 8
6
cutest/failure mode approach.

Text Books:

1 Probabilistic Risk Assessment For Engineering Komamoto and Henley,IEE Press


and Scientist 1995
2 Industrial Accident Prevention Heirich et al. Mc Graw
Hill,1980
3 Techniques For safety management –A system Petersen D,ASSE1998
Approach
4 Reliability evaluation of Engineering systems Roy Billinton and Ronald N
Allan, BS Publications
5 Reliability Engineering A. Elsayed, Prentice Hall
Publications.

References:
1 Reliability Engineering: Theory and Practice Alessandro Birolini, Springer
Publications.

2 An Introduction to Reliability and Maintainability Engineering Charles Ebeling, TMH


Publications.

3 Reliability Engineering E. Balaguruswamy, TMH Publications.

4 Reliability Engineering Srinath L.S Affiliated East-West Press Pvt Ltd, New Delhi,
1998.

5 Reliability and Risk analysis Modarres Maral Dekker Inc.1993.

6 The Reliability of Mechanical system. John Davidson published by the Institution of Mechanical
Engineers, London, 1988.
7 Introductions to Reliability in Design Smith C.O McGraw Hill, London, 1976.

##

Scheme and Syllabi 111 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Machine Tool Design
ME***** 3-0-0:3
Prerequisites: Workshop Technology
Course Outcomes:

S.N. Outcomes
CO1 Students will be able to develop comprehensive knowledge and understanding of
working principles of machine tools.
CO2 Students will be able to analyze the speed and feed regulation mechanisms of machine
tool.
CO3 Students will be able to design machine structures and guide ways for better stability
and precision.
CO4 Students will be able to design Spindles and Spindle Supports.

Course Articulation Matrix:


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 - - 1 1 1 2 1 - - - 1 2 1
CO2 2 3 3 2 2 2 3 2 - - - 2 2 2
CO3 2 3 3 2 2 2 3 1 - - - 2 3 2
CO4 2 3 3 2 2 2 3 2 - - - 2 3 3

No.
Unit Details
Hrs
1 Introduction to Machine Tool Drives: Types and capabilities of machine tools, 4
Constructional and operational features, General Requirements of Machine Tool
Design, Working and Auxiliary Motions in Machine Tools, Kinematics of
Machine Tools, Motion Transmission, mechanical, hydraulic and electric drives.
2 Regulation of Speed and Feed Rates: Speed and Feed Regulation, Layout of 10
Speed Change Gears, Saw Diagrams for Arithmetic, Geometric, Harmonic and
Logarithmic Progression of spindle speeds. Establishment of Gear Ratios, Layout
of the Intermediate Reduction Gears, Calculation of Transmission Ratios, Pulley
Diameter, Gear Wheel Diameters and Number of Teeth. Ray Diagram. Speed
Chart.
3 Design of Machine Tool Structures: Functions of Machine Tool Structures and 6
Their Requirements, Design criteria for Machine Tool Structures, Materials of
Machine Tool Structures, Static and Dynamic Stiffness, Profiles of Machine Tool
Structures, Basic Design Procedure of Machine Tool Structures, Design of Beds,
Columns, saddles, carriages, Bases and Tables.
4 Design of Guide ways and Power Screws: Functions and Types of Guide ways, 6
Design of Slide ways, clearance adjustment in slide ways. Design of Anti-Friction
Guide ways, Combination Guide ways and Aerostatic guide ways. Design of
Power Screws and Recirculating ball screws.
5 Design of Spindles and Spindle Supports: Functions of Spindles and 5
Requirements, Effect of Machine Tool Compliance on Machining Accuracy,
Design of Spindles.
6 Dynamics of Machine Tools: Machine Tool Elastic System, Static and Dynamic 5
Stiffness, Effects of vibration, stability analysis. Methods to reduce instability in

Scheme and Syllabi 112 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

machine tool like dampers, vibration absorbers, Machine Tool Chatter, Thermal
loads

Text Books:
1 Principles of Machine Tools G C Sen, A Bhattacharya New Central Book Agency
2 Design of Machine Tools S.K. Basu, D K Pal Oxford and IBH Publishing

References:

1 Manufacturing automation : metal cutting Yusuf Altintas Cambridge


mechanics, machine tool vibrations, and CNC University Press
design
2 Machine Tool Design Handbook Central Machine
Tool Institute,
McGraw-Hill
3 Machine Tool Design and Numerical Control N K Mehta McGraw-Hill

##

Scheme and Syllabi 113 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Micro and Nano Manufacturing
ME***** 3-0-0:3

Prerequisites: Workshop Technology, Manufacturing science and technology

Course Outcomes:

S.N. Outcomes
CO1 Students will be able to understand various traditional/non- traditional micro and nano
machining methods.
CO2 Students will be able to understand various Non conventional micro nano manufacturing
and finishing approaches.
CO3 Students will be able to understand Micro and Nanofabrication Techniques and other
processing routes in Micro andnano machining/manufacturing.
CO4 Students will be able to understand various nano finishing techniques used in industries.

Course Articulation Matrix:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 - - 1 3 1 2 - 2 - 2 1 3 1
CO2 2 3 3 2 3 1 3 - 3 - 2 1 2 2
CO3 2 3 3 2 3 1 3 - 3 - 2 2 3 2
CO4 2 3 3 2 3 2 3 - 2 - 2 2 3 2

No.
Unit Details
Hrs
Overview of Micro and Nano Manufacturing Introduction, Micro-Products And 6
Design Considerations For Manufacturing, Material Factors, Considerations On
1
Manufacturing Methods, Manufacturing Methods And Processes, Ductile Mode
Cutting of Brittle Materials, Diamond Tools in Micromachining.
Introduction to Conventional micro machining Processes, Micro-turning, Micro- 6
2 drilling, Micro-milling, Product quality in micromachining; Ultra precision
Processes- Micro and nano grinding, Nano grinding tools
Non-traditional Micro Machining- Ultra Sonic Micro Machining, Chemical and 6
Electro Chemical Micro Machining, Electric Discharge Micro Machining,
3
Electron Beam Micro Machining, Laser Beam Micro Machining, Ion Beam Micro
Machining.
Micro and Nano Finishing Processes, Need for Nano finishing, Magnetic abrasive 6
4 Finishing, Magnet or heological Finish, Elastic, Emission Finishing, Magnetic
Float Polishing, Ion Beam finishing.
Process principles of Micro Forming and Welding, Micro Blanking and Punching, 6
5 Micro Embossing, Micro Extrusion, LASER Micro Welding, Electron Beam
Micro Welding
Applications of Nano and Micromachining in Industry Typical machining 6
6 methods- Applications in optical manufacturing, Semiconductor and electronics
related applications; Introduction to lithography, RIE, DRIE.

Scheme and Syllabi 114 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Text Books:
1 Nano and Micromachining J. Paulo Davim, Mark John Wiley & Sons
J.Jackson
2 Micro and Nano-manufacturing Mark. J. Jackson Springer

References:

1 Micro-manufacturing Processes V.K.Jain CRC Press


2 Micro and Precision Manufacturing Kapil Gupta Springer
3 Fundamentals of Microfabrication Mark Madau CRC Press

##

Scheme and Syllabi 115 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Industrial Tribology
ME ***** 3-0-0:3

Prerequisites: NIL

Course Outcomes:

CO1 Students will be able to understand the fundamentals of friction, wear and lubrication with
reference to industrial applications
CO2 Students will be able to relate friction and wear of engineering materials
CO3 Students will be able to evaluate friction and wear of various engineering materials with
different surface contacts.
CO4 Students will be able to select lubricants and /or surface treatment method to reduce friction
and wear

Course Articulation Matrix:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 1 2 3 1 2 2 2 3 3
CO2 3 1 2 3 1 2 2 2 3 3
CO3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 3 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 2 3 3 2 3 3 3

No.
Unit Details
Hrs
Definition and History of Tribology, Industrial Significance of Tribology 6
Surface topography and surfaces in contact: Measurement of surface
1
topography, Quantitative surface roughness, Topography of engineering surfaces,
Contact between surfaces.
Friction: Theories of friction, Friction of metals, ceramics, lamellar solids and 6
2
polymers, Atomic scale friction, Micro scale friction.
Wear: Types of wear mechanisms: sliding, erosion, abrasion, etc,; Wear testing 6
3 methods; Estimation of wear rates; Types of particles present in wear debris.
Wear of materials: metals, ceramics, polymers, composites.
Lubrication: Types of lubricants and their industrial uses, SAE classification, 12
recycling, disposal of oils, properties of liquid and grease lubricants, lubricant
additives, general properties and selection.
Hydrostatic Lubrication: Principle, general requirement, types and applications.
4 Hydrostatic Lubrication: Principle, Theories of lubrication, types and applications.
Air/ Gas Lubricated bearings: Advantages and disadvantages, Hydrodynamic
journal bearing, hydrodynamic thrust bearing, Analysis.
Effect of lubrication on friction and wear of metals, ceramics, polymers and
composites..
Surface engineering in 116 Tribology : Surface treatment methods to reduce 3
5
friction and wear
6 Case studies on friction, wear and lubrication 3

Scheme and Syllabi 116 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Text Books:
1 Engineering Tribology G. W. Stachowiak Butterworth-Heinemann;4th
and A. W. Batchelor edition
2 Friction, wear, Lubrication Ludema, K.C. CRC Press, NY.
3 Tribology: Friction and Wear of Ian Hutchings and Butterworth-Heinemann; 2nd
Engineering Materials Philip Shipway edition

References:

1 Introduction to Tribology Bharat Bhushan John Wiley and Sons, New


York, USA
2 Surface Engineering for Corrosion and J. R. Davis and ASM International, Materials
Wear Resistance Associates Park, OH, USA, 2001
3 The principles of Lubrication Cameron A. Longman, London
4 Industrial Tribology: Tribosystems, Theo Mang, Kirsten Wiley-VCH
Friction, Wear and Surface Engineering, Bobzin, Thorsten
Lubrication Bartels
5 Handbook of Hard Coatings: Deposition Bunshah, R. F., Noyes Pub. Park Ridge, New
Technologies, Properties and Applications Jersey, U. S. A./William
Andrew Publishing, LLC,
Norwich, New York, U.S.A.
6 Standard Handbook of Lubrication O’ Conner and McGraw Hills
Engineering Royle

##

Scheme and Syllabi 117 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Design of Robotic Systems
ME-***** 3-0-0:3

Prerequisites: Basic knowledge of Kinematics, Dynamics and Mathematics I


Course Outcomes:

CO1 Students will understand the design concepts of robotics systems. Basic components robot
manipulator and their working principles.
CO2 Students will be able to understand and identify the types of robot Gripper and evaluate the
Gripper force analysis for specific applications.
CO3 Students will be able to Analyse and evaluate the motion analysis such as Robot
kinematics, Motion dynamics, trajectory planning & Robot work envelopes etc. Identify
and Classify the types of sensors and actuators.
CO4 Students will be able to Apply and analyse the acquired knowledge for designing the robot,
Robot Programming methods for motion planning etc. To get familiar with the latest
improvements in robotics technology.

Course Articulation Matrix:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 2 -- 1 2 3
CO2 3 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 2 -- 1 3 3
CO3 3 3 3 2 3 1 1 1 2 2 -- 1 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 2 3 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 3 3

Units Details Nos. of


Hrs
1 Introduction: Past, Present & Future; Robot Terminology; Applications, 4
Components and Subsystems; Classification of Robot, End Effectors,
Different types of grippers and design concepts.
2 Motion Analysis: Homogeneous transformations as applicable to rotation 6
and translation – problems.
3 Robot Kinematics: Specifications of matrices, D-H notation joint 8
coordinates and world coordinates, Forward and inverse kinematics –
problems. Differential transformation and manipulators, Jacobians –
problems.
4 Dynamics: Lagrange – Euler and Newton – Euler formations – Problems. 6
5 Trajectory planning and avoidance of obstacles, path planning, Skew 8
motion, joint integrated motion, and straight line motion – Robot
programming, languages and software packages. Robot actuators and
Feedback components: Actuators: Pneumatic, Hydraulic actuators, electric &
stepper motors. Feedback components: position sensors – potentiometers,
resolvers, encoders – Velocity sensors.

Scheme and Syllabi 118 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Text Books:
1. FU K S, Gonzalez RC, Lee CSG; Robotics –Control, sensing, TMH Publ.

References
1. An Introduction to Robot Technology, / P. Coiffet and M. Chaironze / Kogam Page Ltd.
1983 London.
2. Robotic Engineering / Richard D. Klafter, Prentice Hall
3. Robot Analysis and Intelligence / Asada and Slow time / Wiley Inter-Science.
4. Introduction to Robotics / John J Craig / Pearson Edu.
5. Robot Dynamics & Control – Mark W. Spong and M. Vidyasagar / John Wiley & Sons
(ASIA) Pte Ltd.
6. Robotics and Control / Mittal R K & Nagrath I J / TMH

NPTEL Link: https://archive.nptel.ac.in/noc/courses/noc22/SEM1/noc22-me39/

##

Scheme and Syllabi 119 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Design for Ergonomics
ME***** 3-0-0:3

Prerequisites: NIL
Course Outcomes:

CO1 Students will be able to apply the physical ergonomics concepts for the product
improvement.
CO2 Students will be able to apply ergonomics concepts for the design of work space and work
environments.
CO3 Students will be able tounderstand the human information processing and apply these
principles for the product interface design.
CO4 Students will be able to apply human factors in product design for enhanced safety.

Course Articulation Matrix:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 2 1 2 2 - 1 1 3 - 2 2 2
CO2 3 2 2 1 2 2 - 1 1 3 - 2 2 2
CO3 3 2 2 1 2 2 - 1 1 3 - 2 2 2
CO4 3 2 2 1 2 2 - 1 1 3 - 2 2 2

No.
Unit Details
Hrs
1 Introduction to ergonomics and relevance to design, Anthropometric measures 4
and use of anthropometric data.
2 Physiology, Biomechanics, Kinesiology, Work-related musculoskeletal disorders. 7
3 Workspace Design: Postural triangle, design for standing operator, design for 8
sitting operator, design for hand use, design for foot operation.
4 Manual material handling, Hand tool design. 6
5 Human information processing, Design of controls and displays,Graphic-user 6
interface, Tactile interface.
6 Human Error, Accidents, and Safety, Human Factors in Systems Design. 4

Text Books:
1 Human Factors in Engineering and S M Sandersand E J McGraw Hill
Design McCormick Education
2 Introduction to Ergonomics R S Bridger McGraw Hill
Education
3 Ergonomics - How to design for ease K Kroemer, H Kroemer, Prentice Hall
and efficiency and K E Kroemer-Elbert

References:

1 Human – Computer Interaction A Dix, J Finlay, G D Pearson


Abowd and R Beale Education

Scheme and Syllabi 120 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

2 Ergonomics and safety in hand tool C A Cacha Lewis Publishers


design
3 The Design of Everyday Things D Norman Basic Books
4 Ergonomics for beginners: Industrial https://nptel.ac.in/courses/107103004
design perspective
5 Applied Ergonomics https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112104222

##

Scheme and Syllabi 121 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Concurrent Engineering
ME***** 3-0-0:3

Prerequisites: Industrial Engineering

Course Outcomes:

CO1 Students will be able to understand the concept of concurrent engineering and its
applications in the design of products and systems.
CO2 Students will be able to analyze, formulate and apply the concepts of DFM and DFA on the
new product development as well as the redesign of existing product.
CO3 Students will be able to understand and determine the product development economics.
CO4 Students will be able to apply the CE techniques in the product development.

Course Articulation Matrix:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 3 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2
CO2 3 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 2
CO3 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3
CO4 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3

No.
Unit Details
Hrs
1 Introduction- Basic concepts, sequential Engineering, sequential engg Vs CE, 4
why CE, mathematical model for understanding interactions between design and
manufacturing, examples, benefits of CE, characterization of CE environment,
difficulties associated with performing CE, CE techniques.
2 Design for Manufacturing and Assembly- DFA Guidelines- system guidelines, 8
handling guidelines, insertion guidelines, and joining guidelines, theoretical
minimum number of parts, design for piece part production, potential conflicts
between DFA and DFM, manufacturing cost analysis, basic DFM part cost
method, basic assembly method (adapted Xerox producibility index), Boothroyd
DFA analysis.
3 Design for Manufacturing- Estimation of the manufacturing costs, reduction of 4
costs of components, reduction of costs of assembly, reduction of the costs of
supporting production; consider the impact of DFM Decisions on other factors.
4 Product Development Economics- Elements of Economic analysis, Build a 4
Base-Case Financial Model, Perform Sensitivity Analysis, Use Sensitivity
analysis to understand project Trade-Offs, Consider the influence of the
Qualitative factors on project success
5 CE Techniques - Quality Function Deployment, The Taguchi Method for Robust 6
Design, Failure Modes and Effects Analysis (FMEA)
6 Design for reliability, design for maintainability, design for serviceability and 2
their implementation

Scheme and Syllabi 122 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Text Books:
1 Systems Approach to Computer Integrated Nanua Singh Wiley India
Design and Manufacturing
2 Product Design for Manufacture and Assembly G. Boothroyd, P. CRC Press
Dewhurst and W. A.
Knight
References:
1 Product Design and Development Karl T. Ulrich, Steven McGraw Hill
D. Eppinger, and Anita Publication
Goyal
2 e-Procurement: From Strategy to Dale Neef Prentice Hall
Implementation Publication.

3 Product Design: Techniques in Reverse Kevin Otto and Kristin Pearson


Engineering and New Product Development Wood Publication

##

Scheme and Syllabi 123 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Cryogenics
ME***** 3-0-0:3
Prerequisites: Engineering Thermodynamics, Heat and Mass Transfer, Refrigeration and Air
Conditioning.

Course Outcomes:

CO1 Students will understand the fundamentals of the cryogenic systems and will be able to
know how to design components of the cryogenic system like heat exchangers, insulation,
etc.
CO2 Students will able to analyse the losses in each component of different cycles.
CO3 Students will be able to identify the appropriate refrigeration cycle for a particular
application.
CO4 Students will be able to identify the criteria for the selection of materials for the
manufacturing of the components used in cryogenic applications.

Course Articulation Matrix:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 3 3 3 1 1 0 0 0 0 3 2 3 2
CO2 3 2 2 2 3 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 3 2
CO3 2 2 3 2 1 2 1 0 0 0 0 2 3 2
CO4 3 1 3 2 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 2 3 2

No.
Unit Details
Hrs
Introduction: Historical background Current applications. Refrigeration and 8
liquefaction Principles.
Joule-Thomson expansion cycles: Simple Linde-Hampson system, Precooled
Linde-Hampson system, Cascade system, and Mixed-Refrigerant Cascade Cycles.
Isentropic expansion cycles:
1 Simple Gas Expansion Cycle: Simon Helium Liquefier, Kapitza system, Claude
system, Collins helium-liquefaction system.
Refrigerators for temperatures below 2 K: Magnetic refrigeration systems,
Dilution refrigerators. Cold-gas refrigerators: Stirling cycle, Gifford-McMahon
cycle and
Pulse Tube Refrigerator
Separation and purification systems: Properties of mixtures, General 8
characteristics of mixtures, Temperature-composition diagramsPrinciples of gas
separation: Simple condensation or evaporation, Principles of rectification, Flash
2
calculations
Air-separation systems: Linde single column system, Linde double-column
system, Argon-separation systems; Neon-separation system
Measurement systems: Temperature scales and fixed points, Metallic resistance 8
thermometers, Semiconductor resistance thermometers, Thermocouples
3
Vacuum measurement: McLeod gauge, Knudsen gauge, Momentum Transfer
gauge, Pirani gauge, Ionization Gauge

Scheme and Syllabi 124 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Insulations: Expanded-foam insulations, Gas-filled powders, and fibrous


insulations, Vacuum insulation, Evacuated-powder, and fibrous insulations,
Opacified-powder insulations, Multilayer insulations, Comparison of insulations,
Vapor-shielded vessels
Properties of engineering materials: 8
Mechanical properties: Ultimate and yield strength, Fatigue strength, Impact
strength, Hardness, and ductility, Elastic moduli
Thermal properties.
Thermal conductivity: Specific heats of solids, Specific heat of liquids and gases,
4 Coefficient of thermal expansion.
Electric and magnetic properties: Electrical conductivity, Superconductivity
Properties of cryogenic fluids: Helium 4 and Helium 3.
Critical components of refrigerators: Heat exchangers: Heat-transfer coefficients
and friction factors, Effectiveness-NTU approach in heat-exchanger analysis,
Effect of heat-exchanger effectiveness on system performance.

Text Books:
1 Cryogenic heat transfer Barron, Randall F., and Gregory CRC Press.
F. Nellis
2 Cryogenic systems Barron, Randall F Oxford University Press,
and Oxford: Clarendon
Press
Timmerhaus, Klaus D., and Springer Science &
3 Cryogenic process Thomas M. Flynn Business Media
engineering

References:

1 Measurement systems: Doebelin, Ernest O., and Pearson


application and design Dhanesh N. Manik
2 Cryogenic mixed refrigerant Venkatarathnam, Gadhiraju, Springer
processes and Klaus D. Timmerhaus

##

Scheme and Syllabi 125 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Design for Manufacturing and Assembly
ME***** 3-0-0:3

Prerequisites: Workshop and Manufacturing Processes, Manufacturing Science and Technology

Course Outcomes:
CO1 Students will be able to understand the significance of Design for Manufacture and
Assembly.
CO2 Students will be able to apply the concept of DFM for casting and machining
CO3 Students will be able to apply the concept of DFM for forming, sheet metal work and
assembly
CO4 Students will be able to apply the concept of DFMA for a given product

Course Articulation Matrix:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 3 2
CO2 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 3 2
CO3 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 3 2
CO4 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 3 2

No.
Unit Details
Hrs
Introduction: How Does DFMA Work?, Reasons for Not Implementing DFMA, 6
What Are the Advantages of Applying DFMA During Product Design?, Typical
DFMA Case Studies, Overall Impact of DFMA on Industry.
1 Selection of Materials and Processes: General Requirements for Early Materials
and Process, Selection, Selection of Manufacturing Processes, Process
Capabilities, Selection of Materials, Primary Process/Material Selection,
Systematic Selection of Processes and Materials
Design for Manual Assembly: General design guidelines for manual assembly, 5
development of the systematic DFA methodology, assembly efficiency, Effect of
2
Part Symmetry, Thickness, Weight on Handling Time, Effects of Combinations of
Factors, estimation of insertion time.
Design for Machining: General design rules for machining - Dimensional 4
tolerance and surface roughness — Design for machining — Ease — Redesigning
3 of components for machining ease with suitable examples. General design
recommendations for machined parts.
Design for Sand Casting and Die Casting: 5
Sand Casting Alloys, Basic Characteristics and Mold Preparation, Sand Cores,
Melting and Pouring of Metal, Cleaning of Castings, Cost Estimating, Design
4 Rules for Sand Castings. The Die Casting Cycle, Auxiliary Equipment for
Automation, Determination of the Optimum Number of Cavities, Determination
of Appropriate Machine Size, Die Casting Cycle Time Estimation, Die Cost
Estimation, Design Principles.
Design for Forging, Extrusion and Sheet Metal Working: Design factors for 6
5
Forging — Closed die forging design — parting lines of die, drop forging die

Scheme and Syllabi 126 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

design — general design recommendations. Design guidelines for extruded


sections - Dedicated Dies and Press-working, Press Selection, Turret Press
working, Press Brake Operations, Design Rules
Design for other Misc Processes; Design for Human Factors; Design for X – 7
Reliability, Serviceability, Environment, Disassembly
Design for Assembly Automation: Fundamentals of automated assembly
6 systems, System configurations, parts delivery system at workstations, various
escapement and placement devices used in automated assembly systems,
Quantitative analysis of Assembly systems, Multi station assembly systems,
single station assembly lines.

Text Books:
1 Product Design for Manufacture and Geoffrey Boothroyd, CRC Press
Assembly Peter Dewhurst,
Winston A. Knight
2 Assembly Automation and Product Design Geoffrey Boothroyd Book World
Enterprises

References:
1 Design for Manufacturability Handbook James Bralla McGraw-Hill
Professional
2 Design for Manufacturing and Assembly: O. Molloy, E. A. Chapman & Hall
Concepts, architectures and Warman, S. Tilley
implementation
3 Handbook of Product Design Geoffrey Boothroyd Marcel and
Dekken
4 Engineering Design – Material and George E. Deiter McGraw Hill
Processing Approach Intl

##

Scheme and Syllabi 127 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Advanced Machining Processes
ME***** 3-0-0:3
Prerequisites: Material Science and Engineering, Manufacturing Science and Technology I and II.
Course Outcomes:
CO1 Able to understand the concepts and working of modern material processing technology.
CO2 Explore the advancement in material processing technology, application area and suitable
process.
CO3 Apply the concepts of advanced material processing technologies to run different
manufacturing industries.
CO4 Identify, design, develop and analyses newer material processing technology for future
industries.
Course Articulation Matrix:
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 2 1 - - 1 2 2 - - - - 2 3 2
CO2 2 2 3 3 2 2 2 - - - - 2 3 3
CO3 2 3 3 3 3 - 3 - - - - 2 3 3
CO4 1 2 2 2 2 - 2 - - - - 2 3 2

Unit Subject Details No. Hrs


Advanced Materials Processing–Introduction, Need and Technological 4
Development, Nature of Materials Processing: Conventional and Unconventional
1 Material Removal Process, Finishing Process, Surface Modification Process,
Material Moving Process, Additive Process, Fabrication Process, Applications.
Advanced Casting Technology-Principals of Stir Casting, Steps in Stir Casting, 6
Factors Affecting Stir Casting, Wettability and its Impact, Composite
2 Preparation, Squeeze Casting, Gel Casting, Advantages, Limitations and
Applications.
Advanced Material Removal and Finishing Process- Tool Design and 8
Geometry, Thermal Analysis, Cutting Fluids, High Speed Machining,
3 Micromachining, Hybrid Machining, Comparative Study of Various Processes,
Finishing Process: Abrasive Flow Process, Magnetic Field Assisted Finishing,
Burnishing, Micro Grinding, Surface Modification, Applications.
Advanced Material Moving Process-Hot and Cold Deformation, High Energy 6
Rate Forming, Explosive Forming, Hydraulic Forming, Pulse Forming, Flow
4 Forming, Powder Metal Forming, Advantages, Limitations and Applications.

Advanced Additive Process- AM & CNC Comparison, Materials of AM 6


5 Process, Liquid, Solid and Powder based AM Process, Direct Energy Deposition
Process, Post Processing of AM Products, Applications.
Advanced Fabrication Process- -Friction Stir Welding, Plasma Welding 6
Process, Electron Beam Welding, Laser Beam Welding, Hybrid Welding,
6
Semiconductor Fabrication, Free Form Fabrication, Advantages, Limitations and
Applications.

Scheme and Syllabi 128 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Text Books:
1 Comprehensive Materials Processing M.S.J. Hashmi Elsevier
2 Advanced Machining and Finishing Kapil Gupta, Alokesh Elsevier
Pramanik
3 Fundamentals of Modern M P Groover Wiley
Manufacturing: Materials, Processes,
and Systems
4 Manufacturing Processes for Serope Kalpakjian Pearson
Engineering Materials
5 Technology of Metal Forming Processes Surender Kumar Prentice- Hall
6 Laser Fabrication and Machining of Narendra B. Dahotre, Springer
Materials Sandip P. Harimkar
7 Handbook of surface improvement and George Wypych, ChemTech Publishing
modification

References:
1 Advanced Materials Processing and Yogesh Jaluria Springer
Manufacturing
2 Advances in manufacturing and Yoseph Bar-Cohen CRC Press
processing of materials and structures
3 Principles of Metal Casting R.W. Heine, CarlLoper, Tata McGraw Hill
and P. C. Rosenthal
4 Friction stir welding and processing R. S. Mishra ASM International
5 Principles of Laser Materials Processing Elijah Kannatey-Asibu Wiley
Jr.
6 Additive manufacturing: applications Rupinder Singh, J. CRC Press
and innovations Paulo Davim
7 Additive Manufacturing: Design, Steinar Westhrin Killi Pan Stanford Publishing
Methods, and Processes
##

Scheme and Syllabi 129 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Product Lifecycle Management
ME***** 3-0-0:3

Prerequisites: Industrial Engineering [Basic] and Introduction to Design and Manufacturing

Course Outcomes:

CO1 Students will be able to understand the concept of product lifecycle management
CO2 Students will be able to explain the integration and deployment of PLM System with other
system
CO3 Students will be able to recognize the benefits of PLM in conventional and e-business.

Course Articulation Matrix:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 2 1 2 2 1 3 3 3 3 3 1 3
CO2 3 2 2 1 2 2 1 3 3 3 3 3 2 3
CO3 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

No.
Unit Details
Hrs
Introduction to PLM – background, Product data or product information, 7
Product lifecycle management concept, Product lifecycle management systems,
1
Reasons for the deployment of PLM systems, Information models and product
structures.
Product lifecycle management systems – Functionality, Use of product lifecycle 7
management systems in different organization verticals, Product development and
2
engineering, Production, Sales and marketing, After sales, Sourcing and
procurement.
Integration of the PLM system with other applications– Different ways to 6
3 integrate PLM systems, Database integration, System roles, ERP, CAD,
Configurators
Deployment of the PLM system – Different stages of deployment, Leading a 7
PLM project, Choosing a system, Realization stage of the project, Start up,
4
Steering group, Project group, Project manager, Accomplishing change in the
organization, Problems
Business benefits of a PLM system – Factor sleading to product lifecycle 7
management, Benefits of the PLM system in product lifecycle management,
5
Measuring the business benefits in daily operations, Improving the productivity of
labor, Costs of quality
Electronic business and PLM - Preconditions for electric business, Significance 2
6 of product management, collaboration and electronic business for the
manufacturing industry.

Scheme and Syllabi 130 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Text Books:
1 Product Lifecycle Management Antti Saaksvuori and Springer Publications
Anselmi Immonen

References:

1 Product LifecycleManagement John Stark Springer


2 Product Designand Development Karl T. Ulrich and Mc. Graw Hill, Irwin
Steven D. Eppinger

##

Scheme and Syllabi 131 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Computational Fluid Dynamics
ME***** 3-0-0:3
Prerequisites: Engineering Thermodynamics, Heat Transfer, Numerical Methods in Engineering

Course Outcomes:

CO1 To understand various discretization methods for solving PDE problems


CO2 To understand fundamental matrix algebra concepts to solve simultaneous linear equations
numerically
CO3 To apply numerical methods to obtain approximate solutions of General Transport
equations

Course Articulation Matrix:


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 - - - 3 3 3
CO2 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 - - - 2 3 2
CO3 2 3 3 2 3 2 1 1 - - - 3 2 3

No.
Unit Details
Hrs
Mathematical Description of the Physical Phenomena-Governing equations— 5
mass, momentum, energy, species, General form of the scalar transport equation,
1
Elliptic, parabolic and hyperbolic equations, Behaviour of the scalar transport
equation with respect to these equation type.
Discretization Methods- Methods for deriving discretization equations- 6
Introduction to finite difference, finite volume and finite element methods,
2
Method for solving discretization equations – iterative methods, Consistency,
stability and convergence - Von-Neumann stability analysis.
Diffusion Equation- 1D-2D steady and transient diffusion, Treatment of source 7
terms, non-linearity, Boundary conditions, interface diffusion coefficient, Under-
3 relaxation, Unsteady diffusion, Explicit, Implicit and Crank-Nicolson scheme,
Two dimensional conduction, Boundeness, accuracy, stability and convergence
for diffusion problems.
Convection and Diffusion- Steady and transient one-dimensional convection and 6
diffusion, Upwind, exponential, hybrid, power, QUICK scheme, Two-dimensional
4
convection-diffusion, Accuracy of Upwind scheme; false diffusion and dispersion,
Boundary conditions.
Flow Field Calculation- Incompressibility issues and pressure-velocity coupling, 7
5 Primitive variable versus other methods, Vorticity-stream function formulation,
Staggered grid, SIMPLE family of algorithms.
6 Latest Developments in CFD Techniques and newer applications 3

Scheme and Syllabi 132 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Text Books:
1 Numerical Heat Transfer and Suhas V. Patankar CRC Press.
Fluid Flow
2 Computational Fluid Dynamics Jr. Anderson TATA McGraw-Hill
- The basics with applications

References:
1 An Introduction to H. Versteeg, W. Pearson
Computational Fluid Malalasekera
Dynamics: The Finite Volume
Method

##

Scheme and Syllabi 133 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Design against Fatigue and Fracture
ME***** 3-0-0:3

Prerequisites: Material Science and Engineering, Mechanics of Materials

Course Outcomes:

CO1 Students will be able to understand the concept of fracture mechanics in the design of
products and systems.
CO2 Students will be able to formulate the effect of cracks, flaws on mechanical behavior of
components.
CO3 Students will be able to analyze and determine the effect of inherent/nucleated cracks and
flaws under monotonic and fluctuating load conditions both analytically and
experimentally.
CO4 Students will be able to predict the life of components under cyclic loading conditions and
apply the knowledge in research and development activity for betterment of the society.

Course Articulation Matrix:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3
CO2 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3
CO3 3 3 3 2 3 2 1 1 3 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 2 3 2 1 1 3 3 3

No.
Unit Details
Hrs
Stress concentration effect of flaws, Cracks as stress raisers; The Griffith energy 5
1
balance, The energy release rate, Crack growth instability analysis and R-curve.
Stress analysis of cracks: Generalised In-plane Loading (Williams approach), 7
Westergaard stress function, Behaviour at Crack Tips in Real Materials; Effects
2 of Cracks on Strength; Effect of Cracks on Brittle versus Ductile Behaviors, The
stress Intensity factor K, Crack tip plasticity, Fracture toughness, K as a failure
criterion, Trends of KIC with material
Crack tip opening displacement (CTOD), The J-contour integral, J as a nonlinear 6
3 energy release rate, J as a Path-Independent Line Integral, J as a Stress Intensity
Parameter, Laboratory measurement of KIC
Micro-mechanism of fatigue, Introduction, Fatigue Design Criteria : Infinite life 5
4 design, safe life design, fail-safe design, Damage Tolerant Design, Fatigue Tests
and the stress-life (S-N) Approach.
Cyclic deformation and the strain-life (ε-N) approach, Fundamentals of LEFM 6
and application to fatigue crack growth : LEFM concepts, Cyclic plastic zone size,
5
fatigue crack growth, mean stress effect, Experimental measurement of fatigue
crack growth.
Fatigue from variable amplitude loading: Spectrum loading, Cumulative damage 6
6 theories, Load interaction and sequence effects, cyclic counting method, crack
growth and life estimation methods.

Scheme and Syllabi 134 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Text Books:
1 Fracture Mechanics Michael Janssen, Jan Spon Press (Taylor &
Zuidema and Russell Francis Group)
Wanhill
2 Metal Fatigue in Engineering R.I. Stephens , John Wiley
A.Fatemi, R.R.
Stephens and H.O.
Fuchs
References:

1 Fracture Mechanics: Fundamentals and T.L.Anderson CRC Press


Applications
2 Fundamentals of Fracture Mechanics J.F.Knott Butterworths
3 Fatigue Damage, Crack Growth and Life F.Ellyin Chapman & Hall
Prediction
4 Elementary Engineering Fracture D. Broek Kluwer Academic
Mechanics
5 Fracture Mechanics with an introduction to Gross and Seelig Springer
micromechanics
6 Elements of Fracture Mechanics Prashant Kumar Tata McGraw Hill
7 Deformation and Fracture Mechanics of R.W. Hertzberg John Wiley
Engineering, Materials

##

Scheme and Syllabi 135 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Condition Monitoring and Diagnostics
ME***** 3-0-0:3

Prerequisites: Basic knowledge of science and engineering

Course Outcomes:

CO1 Students will be able to understand the concept of condition monitoring and diagnostics of
the systems.
CO2 Students will be able to select appropriate condition monitoring and diagnostics technique
in a given system/plant.
CO3 Students will be able to explore the data acquisition system, sensors, signal processing
required for condition monitoring of the system.
CO4 Students will be able to analyze and identify the faults in the system.

Course Articulation Matrix:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3
CO2 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3
CO3 3 3 3 2 3 2 1 1 3 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 2 3 2 1 1 3 3 3

No.
Unit Details
Hrs
Principles of Maintenance: Reactive Maintenance, Preventive Maintenance, 5
1 Predictive Maintenance, Enterprise Resource Planning, Bath Tub Curve, Failure
Modes Effects and Criticality Analysis (FMECA)
Digital Signal Processing: Classification of Signals, Signal Analysis, Frequency 5
Domain Signal Analysis, Fundamentals of Fast Fourier Transform, Computer-
2 Aided Data Acquisition, Signal Conditioning, Signal Demodulation, Cepstrum
Analysis
Vibration Monitoring: Principles of Vibration Monitoring, Misalignment 10
Detection, Eccentricity Detection, Cracked Shaft, Bowed and Bent Shaft,
3 Unbalanced Shaft, Looseness, Rub, Bearing Defects, Gear Fault, Faults in Fluid
Machines, Case studies.
Electrical Machinery Faults: Construction of an Electric Motor, Faults in 5
Electric Motor, Fault Detection in Electric Motors, MCSA for Fault Detection in
Electrical Motors, Instrumentation for Motor Current Signature Analysis, Fault
4 Detection in Mechanical Systems by MCSA, MCSA for Fault Detection in any
Rotating Machine, Fault Detection in Power Supply Transformers, Fault
Detection in Switchgear Devices, Case studies.
Thermography and Wear Debris Analysis : Thermal Imaging Devices, Use of 5
IR Camera, Industrial Applications of Thermography, Applications of
5
Thermography in Condition Monitoring, Mechanisms of Wear, Detection of Wear
Particles, Common Wear Materials, Oil Sampling Technique, Oil Analysis, Limits

Scheme and Syllabi 136 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

of Oil Analysis, Case studies.


Machine Tool Condition Monitoring: Tool Wear, Sensor Fusion in Tool 5
6 Condition Monitoring, Sensors for Tool Condition Monitoring, A Tool Condition
Monitoring System

Text Books:
1 Machinery Condition Monitoring: Principles Mohanty, A. R Taylor and Francis,
and Practices CRC Press
References:

1 Mechanical fault diagnosis and condition Collacott, R.A. John Wiley


monitoring
2 Handbook of condition monitoring Davis, A. Springer
3 Machinery malfunction diagnosis and Eisenmann, R. C Prentice Hall
correction

##

Scheme and Syllabi 137 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Energy Management
ME***** 3-0-0-3

Prerequisites: Physics, Thermodynamics

Course Outcomes:
CO1 Develop an understanding of the energy-economy-environment nexus.
CO2 Use the techniques of energy auditing and benchmarking in the industrial sector.
CO3 Acquire basic knowledge of sustainable energy technologies and their applications.
CO4 To carry out techno-economic feasibility of energy conservation opportunities in different
sectors of the economy.

Course Articulation Matrix:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 3 - 2 - 3 3 - - - - 3 3 -
CO2 3 3 - 3 3 - - - - - - - 3 3
CO3 3 3 - 3 - - 3 - - - - - 3 2
CO4 - - 3 - 3 - 3 - 3 3 3 - - 3

No.
Unit Details
Hrs
Introduction: Energy supply and demand, energy linked environmental crises- 5
causes and options in the present scenario of global warming, Energy
1
classification: renewable and non-renewable forms of energy and their
characteristics.
Energy-economy-environment nexus: energy-economy link and factors affecting 3
2
it, net energy, gross pollution and growth constraints.
Energy auditing and benchmarking: Process and gross energy requirements, 5
3 Carbon Footprint, Energy payback time, Identification of energy conservation
opportunities, Benchmarking and its parameters.
Technical options for emissions mitigation: Combined cycles, Combined heat and 12
power systems (Co-generation and tri-generation systems); Combined cooling and
power systems, energy efficiency through heat pumps; cascade refrigeration with
4
V-C and V-A systems, Mechanical Vapor Recompression (MVR) systems,
Energy recovery in refrigeration and air-conditioning systems; District Cooling,
Geo-thermal heat pumps, Earth-air heat exchangers.
Case studies from industrial/ commercial/ transport/ agricultural/ residential 5
5
sectors.
Non-technical options for emissions mitigation: Energy rebound effect, Life 3
6
style/attitudinal changes, GDP vs. holistic growth.

Text Books:
1 Energy Systems and Sustainability Boyle et al Oxford University Press

2 Renewable Energy Boyle et al Oxford University Press

Scheme and Syllabi 138 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

References:

1 Energy efficiency Eastop and Croft Longman Scientific and


Technical
2 Bureau of Energy Efficiency Ministry of Power Government of India
(BEE)
3 Our Choice Al Gore Bloomsbury Publishing
4 An Inconvenient Truth Al Gore Oscar winning documentary
5 Before the flood Leonardo DiCaprio National Geographic
documentary

##

Scheme and Syllabi 139 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Design of Transmission Elements
ME***** 3-0-0:3

Pre-requisites: Engineering Mechanics, Strength of Materials, Materials Science and Engineering,


Theory of machines, Measurement and metrology and Design of Machine Elements

Course Outcome

CO1 Students will be able to identify materials which can be used to make the transmission
elements for a particular application

CO2 Students will be able to apply AGMA design methodology for design of gears

CO3 Students will be able to understand and analyze the principles of lubrication in design
and selection of bearings

CO4 Students will be able to select and design flexible transmission elements, brakes and
clutches.

Course Articulation Matrix:


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 3 3 3 1 2 1 2 2 2 - 3 3 3
CO2 2 2 2 3 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 3 3 3
CO3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 1 2 - 3 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3

Unit Details No. Hrs

1 Spur Gears: Kinematics of gears, Conjugate Action, standard tooth systems for 8
spur gears, Profile shifted gears, Involutometry, gear cutting methods, Modes of
gear failure, Spur gear tooth force analysis, Tooth bending stress – AGMA
procedure, Bending fatigue strength – AGMA procedure, Buckingham equation
for dynamic load on gears, Buckingham contact stress equation, Contact stress –
AGMA procedure, Surface fatigue strength – AGMA procedure, Gear materials.

2 Helical Gears-Kinematics, geometry and nomenclature, force analysis, Design 6


of helical gears: bending stress, contact stress, Crossed helical gears Worm
Gears: Geometry and nomenclature, Force analysis, Friction analysis and
efficiency, thermal capacity, bending and surface strength, power rating
efficiency, worm gear standards and proportions.
Bevel Gear and Worm and Worm Gear [Self Study]

3 Antifriction bearing-Types of ball bearings, roller bearings, needle bearings, 6


friction life of bearings, reliability considerations, selection of ball bearings,
roller bearing, tapered roller bearing, thrust bearing, lubrication and sealing,
Mounting of bearings.

Scheme and Syllabi 140 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

4 Lubrication and sliding bearings-Type of lubrication, viscosity, hydrodynamic 6


theory of lubrication, types of bearing, design of bearing using design charts,
boundary lubrication, hydrostatic bearing, and hydrodynamic thrust bearings.

5 Flexible Elements 6
Design of Flat belts and pulleys – Selection of V belts and pulleys – Selection of
hoisting wire ropes and pulleys – Design of Transmission chains and Sprockets.

6 Clutches and Brakes 7


Design of plate clutches –axial clutches-cone clutches-internal expanding rim
clutches- Electromagnetic clutches. Band and Block brakes, Disc Brake, Elecro-
mechanical brakes

7 Case Studies on Transmission Elements 1

Text Books:
1 Mechanical Engineering Design Joseph E. Tata McGraw-Hill, New
Shigley and Delhi
Charles R.
Mischke

References:
1 Machine Design An Integrated R. L. Norton Pearson Prentice Hall
Approach
2 Machine Component Design Juvinall R. C. John Wiley
and Marshek, K.
M.,
3 Design of Machine Element V. B. Bhandari Tata McGraw-Hill
4 Design Data sheets – Will be provided
by the course instructors

##

Scheme and Syllabi 141 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Non-conventional Energy Sources
ME***** 3-0-0:3

Pre-requisites: NIL
Course Outcomes:

CO1 Understand the concept of energy crisis, non-conventional energy resources, availability
and their importance.
CO2 Understand various methods to harness non-conventional energy resources.
CO3 Apply the methods for better harness, conversion techniques, and utilization of non-
conventional energy resources.
CO4 Analyse various problems, limitations, complexities and performances of power plants
based on non-conventional energy resources.

Course Articulation Matrix:


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 2
CO2 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 2
CO3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

No.
Unit Details
Hrs
Introduction: The energy crisis – causes and options, various conventional and non- 4
1 conventional forms of energy and their characteristics, availability of non-
conventional energy and land area requirements.
Solar energy: Introduction, Solar radiation, Sun-Earth angles, Measurement of solar 6
radiation at the earth’s surface, Types of collectors such as flat-plate and
concentrating collectors, solar thermal power generation, solar ponds and energy
2 storage. Principle of Solar photovoltaic, materials, mono-crystalline, polycrystalline
and amorphous silicon cells and their production technology, I-V characteristics,
parameters of performance, modules, array and PV plant configurations and power
generation.
Biomass energy: Introduction, Incineration, Thermo-chemical and biochemical 5
3 conversion to solid, liquid and gaseous fuels; Production technologies for bio-
ethanol, biogas and producer gas, Urban waste to energy processes.
Ocean, Wave and Tidal energy: Introduction, Ocean thermal energy conversion 5
(OTEC) – closed and open cycles and their limitations, Wave energy and its
4
conversion processes, Tidal energy – nature of the tides and tidal barrages for power
generation.
Wind energy: Fundamentals, power in the wind, site selection, maximum power 5
5 coefficient, wind turbine and its types – horizontal axis and vertical axis machines,
performance of wind machines, wind energy farms.
Geothermal energy: Introduction, Geothermal energy resources, Hot aquifers and 4
6
hot dry rock systems, geothermal electric power plants.
Other Technologies: Magnetohydrodynamics (MHD) Energy conversion, Fuel 4
7
Cells, Nuclear Energy, Hydrogen, Methanol, Energy Storage.

Scheme and Syllabi 142 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Text Books:
1 Renewable Energy Sources and D.P. Kothari, K.C. PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., New
Emerging Technologies Singal and R. Ranjan Delhi
2 Solar Energy-Fundamentals, Design, G.N. Tiwari Narosa Publishing House, New
Modeling & Applications’ Delhi, India

References:

1 Advanced Renewable Energy G.N. Tiwari and R.K. RSC Publishing, Cambridge,
Sources Mishra U.K
2 Biogas Systems: Principles and K.M Mittal New Age International Limited
Applications Publishers.
3 Wind Energy Come of Age Gipe P John Wiley and sons, New
York.
4 Solar Energy Fundamentals S. Kalogirou Academic Press
5 Solar Photovoltaics: C.S. Solanki PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., New
FundamentalsTechnologies and Delhi
Applications
6 Energy Technology (Non S. Rao, BB Parulekar Khanna Publishers
Conventional, Renewable And
Conventional)

##

Scheme and Syllabi 143 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Supply Chain Management
ME***** 3-0-0:3

Pre-requisites: Industrial Engineering

Course Outcome

S. N. Outcomes
CO1 Understand how each functional component and its processes become one integrated
operation to satisfy customer’s needs.
CO2 Develop an understanding of how to manage the interaction of business functions across
companies in the supply chain.
CO3 Develop an understanding of how to manage the impact of demand on the supply chain
and the considerable competitive advantages that can result from managing demand
across companies.
CO4 Effectively manage the flow of resources and information among the various partners of
the supply chain.
CO5 Develop an understanding of how logistics and supply chain strategies can create value
generation and utilise IT applications

Course Articulation Matrix:

CO1 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 2
CO2 1 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 2
CO3 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 3 2 3
CO4 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 2 3 3 2 3
CO5 1 3 3 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3

Module Content Lectures


1 Basics of Supply Chain: Introduction to Supply Chain Management, 8
Understanding the Supply Chain, Supply Chain Performance: Competitive
and Supply Chain Strategies, achieving Strategic Fit and Scope of Strategic
Fit
2 Design of Supply Chain Drivers: Supply Chain Drivers and Metrics: 8
Drivers of Supply Chain Performance, Framework for structuring Drivers,
Facilities, Inventory, Transportation, Information, Sourcing and Pricing, Case
Study: : Seven-Eleven Japan Company, Planning Demand and Supply In a
Supply Chain: Demand Forecasting in a Supply Chain, Aggregate Planning in
a Supply Chain
3 Design of Distribution Network and Network Design: Designing 8
Distribution Networks and Application to E-Business- Role of distribution,
factors influencing distribution network design, design options for a
distribution network, E-Business and the distribution network, Network
Design in the Supply Chain- Role of network design in the supply chain,
factors influencing network design decisions, framework for network design
decisions

Scheme and Syllabi 144 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

4 Role of Information Technology in supply chain, coordination in a supply 10


chain, Bullwhip Effect, Effect on performance due to lack of coordination,
obstacles to coordination in a supply chain, Factors influencing logistics and
decisions, Benchmarking and performance measurement, Internal Supply
Chain Management and its drivers, External Supply Chain Management and
its drivers.
5 Sustainable Supply Chain Management, Digital Supply Chain Management 4
and Smart Supply Chain Management

Text Books:
1. Supply Chain Management: Strategy, Planning & Operation- Sunil Chopra and Peter
Meindle- Pearson Prentice Hall Publication.
2. Supply Chain Management in the 21st Century- B. S. Sahay- MacMillan Publication.

Reference Books:
1. Logistical Management: The integrated Supply Chain Process- Donald J. Bowersox and
David J. Closs- TMH Publication.
2. Supply Chain Management – Maretin Christopher
3. World Class Supply Management: The key to Supply Chain Management- Burt, Dobler and
Straling – TMH Publication.
4. Logistics and Supply Management – D K Agarwal – MacMillan Publication
5. Supply Chain Management: Theories & Practices – R P Mohanty and S. G. Deshmukh-
Biztantra Publication.
6. e-Procurement: From Strategy to Implementation- Dale Neef- Prentice Hall Publication.

##

Scheme and Syllabi 145 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Mechanical Micromachining Technology
ME***** 3-0-0-3

Prerequisites: Material Science and Engineering, Manufacturing Science and Technology-I,


Manufacturing Science and Technology-II.

Course Outcomes:
CO1 Able to understand the fundamental concepts of modern mechanical micromachining
technology.
CO2 Apply the concepts of micro turning, micro drilling, micro milling and micro grinding for
fabrication and finishing of micro-featured products.
CO3 Utilize the in-process monitoring tool in micromachining to improve the tool life and
product quality.
CO4 Identify and apply the possibilities of mechanical micromachining techniques in the
emerging areas.

Course Articulation Matrix:


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 2 - - - 1 - 2 1 2 - - - 3 1
CO2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 2 1 - 2 3 3
CO3 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 - - - - 2 3 3
CO4 - 1 2 2 2 1 2 - - - - 3 3 2

Unit Subject Details No. Hrs


Fundamentals of Micromachining- Introduction, Materials in Micromachining, 7
Experimental Observation and Theoretical Prediction of an Atom,
Micromachining Mechanics: Size Effect, Minimum Chip Thickness, Specific
1 Cutting Energy, Surface Generation and Burrs, Surface Roughness, Cutting
Fluid, Issues and Challenges, Mechanical Micromachining Processes, Ductile
Mode Machining of Brittle Materials, Machined Surface Quality with Chip
Formation Mode.
Micro Turning and Diamond Turning-Basics of Micro Turning, Mechanics of 6
Micro Turning, Size Effect in Micro Turning, Diamond Technology, Ultra-
2 precision Diamond Turning, Material Perspective and Micro-structuring, Surface
Quality in Micro Turning.
Micro Drilling-Introduction to Micro Drilling, Issues and Challenges, Cutting 5
3 Mechanics, Tool Selection, Burr Elimination, Hole Quality and Roundness Error,
Process Parameter Selection.
Micro Milling-Introduction, Elements in Micro Milling, Micro Milling 7
Mechanics of chip Removal, Scientific and Technological Challenges, Surface
4 Quality and Burr Removal, Hybrid Micro Milling Process, Freeform Milling,
Process Parameter Selection.
Micro Grinding- Introduction, Chip Removal Mechanism, Interaction between 5
5
Diamond Abrasive and Work material, Implementation Perspective: Truing and

Scheme and Syllabi 146 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Dressing, Tool Topography and Edge Distribution, Profile Grinding.


In-Process Monitoring, Product Quality and Industrial Applications-In- 6
Process Monitoring of Cutting Force, Tool Wear and Surface Form, Online
Measurement by Machine Vision and Integrate Probe, Surface Integrity and
6
Other Related Measurements, Product Quality, Industrial Applications of
Micromachining: Semiconductor, Electronics, Optics, Heat Transfer, Medical,
Aerospace and Automotive Industry.

Text Books:
1 Micromachining of Engineering J.A. McGeough CRC Press
Materials
2 MicromachiningTechniques Mojtaba Kahrizi InTech
forFabrication of Micro and Nano
Structures
3 Micro-CuttingFundamentals and Kai Cheng,Dehong Huo Wiley
Applications
4 Nano and Micromachining J. Paulo Davim, Mark J. John Wiley & Sons
Jackson
References:
1 Comprehensive Materials Processing M.S.J. Hashmi Elsevier
2 Micromachining with Nanostructured Mark J. Jackson Springer
Cutting Tools
3 Advanced Machining andFinishing Kapil Gupta, Alokesh Elsevier
Pramanik
4 Control of Cutting Vibration C. Steve Suh, Meng- Wiley
andMachining Kun Liu
Instability
5 An Introduction to Surface- Robert W. Johnstone, Kluwer Academic
Micromachining M. Parameswaran Publishers

##

Scheme and Syllabi 147 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Failure Mode and Effect Analysis
ME***** 3-0-0:3
Prerequisites: Mechanics of Materials, Design of Machine Elements, Industrial Engineering

Course Outcomes:

CO1 Students will be able to understand and recognize failure modes in a system
CO2 Students will be able to identify corrective actions resulting from proper FMEA
development
CO3 Students will be able to demonstrate the FMEA's role in developing Special Characteristics
and Design and Process Controls
CO4 Students will be able to apply the method of FMEA in a design, system or process for
betterment of the society

Course Articulation Matrix:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 2 3 2 1 1 3 3 3 2 3 3 3
CO2 3 2 2 3 2 1 1 1 3 3 2 3 3 3
CO3 3 3 3 2 3 2 1 1 3 3 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 2 3 3 1 1 3 3 3 3

Units Title Lectures


1 FMEA: A General overview and purpose, Critical or Significant 5
Characteristics or Key Indicators, Types of FMEAs, Relationships of FMEA
and other Tools, Quantitative Techniques, Qualitative Techniques
2 System/Subsystem/Component Design FMEA: Material 7
Properties (Strength, Lubricity, Viscosity, Elasticity, Plasticity, Malleability,
Machinability etc.), The Geometry of the Product (Shape, Position, Flatness,
Parallelism),Tolerances/Stack-Ups, Interfaces with other Components and/or
Systems; Manufacturing and Assembly Process FMEA, Machinery and
Equipment FMEA (Logistics Support),
3 Process FMEA: Man - Human Factors / Human Error, Methods - Methods 8
involved in processes of product/service including assembly lines, supply
chains and communications standards, Materials - Materials used in the
process, Machinery- Machines utilized to do the work, Measurement -
Measurement systems and impact on acceptance, Environment- Mother
Earth: The Links between Design and Process FMEA, Special characteristics
(critical and significant), Collaboration on special characteristics,
Characteristics as inputs to PFMEA
4 Steps for an FMEA: Review the Process of Product, Brainstorm Potential 8
Failure Modes, List Potential Effects for Each Failure Mode, Assigning
Severity, Occurrence, and Detection Rankings, Assigning a Severity Ranking
for Each Effect, Assign an Occurrence Ranking for Each Effect, Assigning a
Detection Ranking for Each Failure Mode, and /or Effect,
Calculating the Risk Priority Number (RPN) for Each Failure Mode,

Scheme and Syllabi 148 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Prioritizing the Failure Modes for Action, Taking Action to Eliminate or


Reduce the High-Risk Failure Modes, Calculating the Resulting RPN as the
Failure Modes are Reduced
5 Case studies: FMEA and the Automotive Industry: Definition of FMEA, The 8
FMEA Form, Special Automotive Characteristics, Driving the Action Plan,
Getting the Most form FMEA, After the FMEA; FMEA and the
Electromechanical Industry etc.
FMEA and Robustness

Text Books:
1. The basics of FMEA, Robert E McDermott, Raymond J. Mikulak, and Michael R.
Beauregard, CRC Press
References:
1. Failure Mode and Effect Analysis: FMEA form theory to execution, D H Stamatis, ASQ
Quality Press
2. Failure Mode Effects Analysis: A practical Approach, IanMcAndrew and Elena
Vishnevskaya, Lambert
3. FMEA Failure Modes Effects Analysis A Complete Guide, Gerardus Blokdyk (Author) ,
5STARCooks
NPTEL: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7bFjH_ZVARI

##

Scheme and Syllabi 149 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Advanced Automobile Engineering
ME***** 3-0-0

Prerequisites: Engineering Thermodynamics, Engineering Mechanics, Automobile engineering


(basic course)

Course Outcomes:

CO1 Students will be able to identify different types of automobile structures, body components
and body interiors and how their design differ.
CO2 Students will able to understand and analyze various chassis design and stability of
automobiles.
CO3 Students will be able to identify various modern steering and suspension systems and will
able to analyze load associated with these systems.
CO4 Students will able to analyze vehicle safety related issues and vehicle design parameters that
leads to increased safety and methods to reduce vehicle noise.

Course Articulation Matrix:


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 2 1 2 3 3 2 1 2 - 2 2 2
CO2 3 2 2 2 2 3 3 2 1 2 - 2 3 3
CO3 3 2 2 2 2 3 3 2 1 2 - 2 3 3
CO4 3 2 2 1 2 3 3 2 1 2 - 2 3 2

No.
Unit Details
Hrs
1 Introduction and overview –Beginnings Growth and refinement 4
Vehicle Structure, Body Components and Body Interiors: Basic requirement
of stiffness and strength Vehicle structure types, Demonstration of Simple
2 Structural Surfaces (SSS), Bumpers, Grilles, Sill covers and side air bags, outer 8
moldings, Weather strips, Glass and Mirrors, Seat Belt Restraint system-Air-
Bag, components of Air- Bag, Dash Board
Chassis: Vehicle and body centre of gravity and handling properties, axle weight
3 and axle centre of gravity, body weight and body centre of gravity, Braking 8
behavior –stability, anti dive control, traction behavior.
Steering and Suspension systems: types-limitations. Hydraulic, electro
hydraulic and electrical power steering, steering column, steering damper.
4 Vehicle weights and axle loads, Shock absorbers, spring damper units, roll 8
center analysis, load due to gyroscopic force on suspension, total load on
suspension.
Automotive vehicle safety, Testing and Noise Control: basic concepts of
vehicle safety, techno legal issues- ethics, testing of automotive components,
5 failure investigations, safety factors, designs for uncertainty, crash testing. 8
Interior noise, Engine noise, Road noise, wind noise, brake noise, Interior noise:
Assessment and control

Scheme and Syllabi 150 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Text Books:
1 The Motor Vehicle Newton and Steed Butterworth-Heinemann
2 Vehicle Body Engineering J. Powloski Business Books Ltd
3 Tire and Vehicle Dynamics Hans B Pacejka Elsevier Ltd
4 Automotive vehicle safety George A Peters & CRC Press
Barbara J Peters

References:
1 Advanced Vehicle Technology Heinz Heisler Butterworth-Heinemann
2 The Automotive Chassis J. Reimpell, H Stoll SAE International
3 Automotive Engineering Richard Stone and J K Ball SAE International
Fundamentals
4 Automotive Body Lorenzo Morello Springer
5 Automotive Engineering (Power David A Crolla Elsevier collection
Train, Chassis system and Vehicle
Body)
6 Road Vehicle Dynamics Rao V Dukkipati Springer
7 Highway Design & Traffic Safety Ruediger Lamm McGraw-Hill Education
Engineering Handbook
8 The handbook of road safety Rune Elvik, Emerald Group
measures Truls Vaa, Publishing
Alena Hoye,
Michael Sorensen

##

Scheme and Syllabi 151 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Forensic Engineering
ME***** 3-0-0:3

Prerequisites: Engineering Mechanics, Strength of Materials, Engineering Graphics,


Workshop Practices
Course Outcomes:

CO1 Students will be able to identify why do products fail? Inadequate materials, poor
manufacturing or assembly methods, bad design
CO2 Students will be able to identify designer’s clues as to what failed, why, and how to avoid
future failures. Students will be able to develop need for better design after observing
failures.
CO3 Students will be able to appreciate the techno legal consequences of engineering failures.
CO4 Students will be able to respect the needs of following standards and procedures. Respect
for IPR, Understanding dangers of liability in case of failure leading to losses.

Course Articulation Matrix:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 2 2 3 2 3 3 - - - 2 2 2
CO2 3 2 2 2 3 2 3 3 - - - 2 2 2
CO3 3 2 2 2 3 2 3 3 - - - 2 2 2
CO4 3 2 2 2 3 2 3 3 - - - 2 2 2

No.
Unit Details
Hrs
1 Introduction to forensic engineering uses -case studies to develop the skills for the 9
analysis of product failure.
2 Failure of products and processes provides a ‘toolbox’ of techniques: 9
observations, scientific and engineering tests that can be used to establish
evidence of the causes of a failure in a product or process.
3 Catastrophic failures –case studies -examine large-scale failures that have caused 12
loss of life. Case studies related to Slip & Fall, Fire, Automobile Accidents,
structural failures etc. Role of design of critical components, poor manufacturing
and poor design, material failures, and poor communications leading to failure /
disaster.
4 Intellectual property matters considers protection of new designs and inventive 6
concepts. It concentrates on the arguments used for understanding particular
patents, and the precedents that lawyers use for assessing construction,
infringement and validity. Case studies include trials in which imitators were
successfully sued by means of patents, and cases of new designs that were
challenged unsuccessfully because the patents were weak or did not define the
inventive concept widely enough to catch the alleged infringing product.

Scheme and Syllabi 152 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Text Books:
1. Introduction to Forensic Engineering (The Forensic Library) by Randall K. Noon, CRC
Press (1992).
2. Forensic Engineering Investigation By: Randall K Noon
3. Learning from Design Failures by Y. Hatimura Springer
References:
1. Forensic Engineering, By Kenneth L. Carper
2. Understanding How components Fail by: Donald J Wulpi
3. International Journal of Engineering Failure Analysis.
4. Other reference materials discussed and suggested during lectures.
5. Proceedings of First Indo US workshop on forensic Engineering at NIT Tirichirapalli
6. The Winning Line: A Forensic Engineer's Casebook, By Andrew E. Samuel
7. Along with the above - Case studies discussed in the class

##

Scheme and Syllabi 153 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Surface Treatment and Characterization
ME***** 3-0-0:3

Prerequisites: NIL

Course Outcomes:

CO1 Students will be able to know the surface treatment and characterization methods for the
newly developed materials and also would be able to conduct the failure analysis of the
materials.
CO2 Students will be able to obtain the mechanical and metallurgical properties of the
engineering materials
CO3 Students will be able to prepare the specimen for a particular material and characterization
technique.
CO4 Students will be able to understand the surfaces, properties, structures and phases of the
engineering materials

Course Articulation Matrix:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 2 2 2 3 3 1 2 1 2 3 3
CO2 2 2 2 3 3 1 2 1 2 3 3
CO3 3 2 3 3 3 1 2 1 3 3 3
CO4 3 2 3 3 3 1 2 1 3 3 3

No.
Unit Details
Hrs
1 Property enhancing and surface processing operations: 12
Surface cleaning methods; Mechanical cleaning, chemical cleaning
Surface treatment methods: Surface engineering to change the surface
metallurgy, surface engineering to change the surface chemistry, surface
engineering to add a surface layer or coating, Process comparisons.

2 Mechanical Property characterization: Principles and characterization 4


techniques related to Tensile, compressive, hardness, fatigue and fracture
toughness properties.

3 Characterization: Optical/Electron Microscopy Techniques: Surface 8


topography, specimen and surface preparation, mounting, elements of phase
identification, grain size determination, inclusion analysis, Image analysis, etc.
Scanning Electron Microscopy: Theory and principles, construction, controls &
operation of scanning electron microscopy, Environmental scanning electron
microscopy, High resolution SEM imaging, EDS / EDAX analysis.
Transmission Electron Microscopy: Theory and principles, construction and
controls.

4 XRD: Principle, Crystallography and Rietveld analysis, Quantitative and 6


qualitative analysis, Residual stress analysis, Determination of layer thicknesses,
Small Angle X-ray Scattering (SAXS)

Scheme and Syllabi 154 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Scanning Probe Microscopy: STM & AFM- Principle, scanning techniques,


image capturing and manipulation, and analysis techniques.

5 Thermal Analysis: Principles and applications of thermal analysis; Dynamic 2


Mechanical Analyzer

6 Case studies on characterization of Engineering Materials : 4


Metals and Alloys; Polymers; Composites; ceramics; glasses; Superalloys;
Piezoelectric materials (PZT); Shape memory alloys (SMA); Micro-electro-
mechanical (MEMS) materials; Nano-structured materials; etc.

Text Books:
1 Introduction to Physical Metallurgy Avner, S.H. McGraw-Hill Education,
2017
2 Surface Engineering for corrosion and J. R. Davis ASM International
wear resistance

References:
1. Speyer, R.F., Thermal Analysis of Materials, Marcel Decker, 1994.
2. Surface Engineering, Vol. 5, ASM Hand book, 1994.
3. Materials Characterization, Vol. 10, ASM Hand book, ASM International, 2019.

##

Scheme and Syllabi 155 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Additive Manufacturing
ME***** 3-0-0:3

Prerequisites: CAD, Manufacturing Science 1 and 2

Course Outcomes:

CO1 Students will be able to apply the basic CAD and Reverse Engineering (RE) concepts for
generating solid models of objects using CAD and RE software for AM.
CO2 Students will be able to understand the Additive Manufacturing process chain from CAD to
part printing to post processing, and the AM materials and hardware.
CO3 Students will be able to comprehend the various types of Additive Manufacturing processes
for printing different materials along with their comparative strengths, limitations and
applications.
CO4 Students will be able to familiarize with the basic concepts of Design for Additive
Manufacturing (DfAM) including Topology Optimization, Generative Design and Lattice
Design in Additive Manufacturing and apply them to execute an application mini project.

Course Articulation Matrix:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 2 - 3 1 1 1 2 1 - 2 3 3
CO2 3 1 2 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 3 3
CO3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 3 3
CO4 3 3 2 2 3 2 2 1 3 2 2 2 3 3

Unit
Details Hrs
1 Introduction to AM: Evolution of AM/3DP vs CNC and Injection Moulding; 6
CAD for AM: Geometric transformations, curve, surface and solid modeling, Data
exchange formats, Reverse engineering, Modeling with point cloud data, 3D
Scanning devices;
2 AM process chain: Tessellation of CAD model, file formats, STL file problems, 8
manipulation and repair, part orientation and support generation, slicing
algorithms tool path generation, machine setup and post processing;
AM materials and hardware;
3 AM processes: Liquid polymer based (FDM, SLA), powder based (SLS, MJP, 12
Binder Jetting), molten metal based (DMLS, SLM, EBM, DED, WAAM), solid
sheet based (LOM), Bio printing etc.;
AM Process selection for targeted applications and case studies including
aerospace, medical and commodity products;
4 Basics of Design for Additive Manufacturing (DfAM):Topology Optimization, 10
Generative Design and Lattice Design; Rapid Tooling;
Software application of DfAM and 3DP through a product development mini
project;
Optimization of AM processes for build time, support material, surface finish and

Scheme and Syllabi 156 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

part errors.

Text Books:
1 Additive Manufacturing Ian Gibson, D W Rosen Springer
Technologies - 3D Printing, Rapid and Brent Stucker
Prototyping, and Direct Digital
Manufacturing
(2nd illustrated reprint edition) – 2016

2 Additive Manufacturing: Principles, C P Paul and A N McGraw Hill


Technologies and Applications - 2021 Jinoop

References:
1 3d Printing and Additive Manufacturing: C K Chua and K F World Scientific
Principles and Applications - Fifth Leong Publishing
Edition – 2016
2 Metal Additive Manufacturing - 2021 E Toyserkani, D Wiley
Sarker, O OIbhadode,
F Liravi, P Russo, K
Taherkhani

3 Additive Manufacturing. 3D Printing for Andreas Gebhardt and Hanser Gardner


Prototyping and Manufacturing - 2016 Jan-Steffen Heotter Publications

4 Rapid prototyping and engineering Frank W Liou CRC Press


applications: A toolbox for prototype
development – 2nd edition – 2019

5 Additive Manufacturing, 2nd Edition 2020 Amit Bandyopadhyay CRC Press


and Susmita Bose

6 CAD/CAM: Theory and Practice (Special Ibrahim Zeid and McGraw Hill
Indian Edition – 2nd) – 2009 R Sivasubramanian Education

7 Engineering Design and Rapid Ali K Kamrani and Springer


Prototyping– 2010 Emad Abouel Nasr

Online Resources:
1. https://www.3dsystems.com/
2. https://www.metal-am.com/
3. https://www.hubs.com/guides/3d-printing/
4. https://www.3dprintingindustry.com/
5. https://www.thingiverse.com/
6. https://all3dp.com/
7. https://www.stratasys.com/
8. https://www.engineering.com/home
9. https://www.ntopology.com/
10. https://www.sculpteo.com/
11. https://www.materialise.com/
##

Scheme and Syllabi 157 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Production Planning and Control
ME***** 3-0-0:3
Prerequisites: Industrial Engineering.
Course Outcomes:
CO1 Able to understand the concepts of production system, process planning, control of
resources using technologies in the context of industrial scenarios.
CO2 Able to forecast the requirement and maintain the inventories for smooth functioning of
industries.
CO3 Apply the concepts of modern production planning and control technologies for capacity
planning, scheduling, dispatching and balancing of production line.
CO4 Identify and analyses the variability in production line and suggest the suitable aapoaches
for shop floor control.
Course Articulation Matrix:
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 2 1 2 2 1 - 2 1 2 1 2 1 3 1
CO2 - 2 3 3 2 1 1 1 3 1 2 2 2 3
CO3 2 3 2 3 - - - - 2 - 2 2 3 3
CO4 - 1 2 2 - 1 2 3 3 2 2 1 2 2

Unit Subject Details No. Hrs


1 Introduction: Function of The Production Planning and Control(PPC) Department, Role 5
of PPC Manager, Interaction of PPC Department with Other Functional and
Manufacturing Department, Lean Production and JIT, Production Activity Control,
Demand Management.
2 Forecasting-Importance of Forecasting, Types of Forecasting and their Uses, General 4
Principles of forecasting – Forecasting Techniques– Qualitative Methods and Quantitive
Methods.
3 Inventory Management: Functions and Importance of Inventories, Inventory Costs, 6
ABC Analysis, VED Analysis, EOQ Model, Inventory control Systems, P-Systems and
Q-Systems, Fixed Order Quantity, Economic Order Quantity, Lot-for-Lot, Fixed Period
Requirement, Periodic Order Quantity.
4 Fundamentals of Disaggregation: Understanding disaggregation, Generating Master 6
Production Schedule (MPS) from Yearly Demand: role, input, output and approaches.
Principles of MPS, Measurement of Effectiveness of MPS. Bill of materials. Materials
requirement planning(MRP): Introduction to MRP & ERP, LOB (Line of Balance).
5 Capacity Resource Planning: Introduction, Measurement, Terminology, Concept of 5
Load, Methods of Expansion of Capacity, Capacity Planning and Control, Capacity
Strategy, Resource Requirement Planning, Rough-Cut Capacity Planning, Capacity
Requirement Planning: Benefits and Drawbacks.
6 Scheduling Policies: Techniques, Standard Scheduling Methods: Line Balancing, 7
Aggregate Planning, Chase Planning, Expediting, Controlling aspects. Dispatching:

Scheme and Syllabi 158 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Activities of Dispatcher, Dispatching Procedure, Follow Up, Definition, Reason for


Existence of Functions, Types of Follow-up, Applications of Computer in Production
Planning and Control. Routing: Definition, Routing Procedure, Route Sheets, Bill of
material, Factors Affecting Routing Procedure. Scheduling: Definition, Difference with
Loading.

7 Production Control Fundamentals: Study of Variability in Shop, Variability in 5


Production Lines, Shop Floor Control, Leagile System, Leagile Manufacturing: A
Contemporary Manufacturing Syndrome, System Design for Continuous and
Intermittent Production Systems, PPC Module in ERP And SAP, Case Studies.

Text Books:
1 Production Planning and Control: Text S. K. Mukhapadhyay PHI
and Cases
2 Elements of Production Planning and Samuel Eilon Universal Book Corp.
control

References:
1. Production Planning and Inventory Control by Mcleavey W Dennis and Billington J Peter, 2nd
Edition, PHI Learning.
2. Fundamentals of Production Planning and Control by Stephen N Chapman, 1st edition, Pearson.
3. Analysis and control of Production System by Elsayed A Elsayed, Thomas O. Boucher,Prentice
Hall, 2002.

##

Scheme and Syllabi 159 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Semester VII

Scheme and Syllabi 160 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Renewable Energy
ME***** 3-0-0:3

Prerequisites: Basic knowledge of Energy Science.

Course Outcomes:

CO1 Students will able to understand the concept of energy crisis, Renewable energy resources,
availability and their importance
CO2 Students will able to understand various methods to harness Renewable energy resources.
CO3 Students will able to apply the methods for better harness, conversion techniques, and
utilization of Renewable energy resources.
CO4 Students will able to analyse various problems, limitations, complexities and performances
of power plants based on Renewable energy resources.

Course Articulation Matrix:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 2
CO2 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 2
CO3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

No.
Unit Details
Hrs
1 Introduction: The energy crisis – causes and options, various conventional and 4
non-conventional forms of energy and their characteristics, availability of non-
conventional energy and land area requirements.
2 Solar energy: Introduction, Solar radiation, Sun-Earth angles, Measurement of 4
solar radiation at the earth’s surface, Types of collectors such as flat-plate and
concentrating collectors, solar thermal power generation, solar ponds and energy
storage. Principle of Solar photovoltaic, materials, mono-crystalline,
polycrystalline and amorphous silicon cells and their production technology, I-V
characteristics, parameters of performance, modules, array and PV plant
configurations and power generation.
3 Biomass energy: Introduction, Incineration, Thermo-chemical and biochemical 6
conversion to solid, liquid and gaseous fuels; Production technologies for bio-
ethanol, biogas and producer gas, Urban waste to energy processes.
4 Ocean, Wave and Tidal energy: Introduction, Ocean thermal energy conversion 6
(OTEC) – closed and open cycles and their limitations, Wave energy and its
conversion processes, Tidal energy – nature of the tides and tidal barrages for
power generation..
5 Wind energy: Fundamentals, power in the wind, site selection, maximum power 6
coefficient, wind turbine and its types – horizontal axis and vertical axis
machines, performance of wind machines, wind energy farms.
6 Geothermal energy: Introduction, Geothermal energy resources, Hot aquifers and 4

Scheme and Syllabi 161 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

hot dry rock systems, geothermal electric power plants.

Text Books:
1 Renewable Energy Sources and D.P. Kothari, K.C. PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.,
Emerging Technologies Singal and R. Ranjan New Delhi
2 Energy Technology (Non S. Rao, BB Parulekar Khanna Publishers
Conventional, Renewable And
Conventional)

References:

1 Solar Energy-Fundamentals, G.N. Tiwari Narosa Publishing House,


Design, Modeling & New Delhi, India
Applications’
2 Advanced Renewable Energy G.N. Tiwari and R.K. RSC Publishing,
Sources Mishra Cambridge, U.K
3 Biogas Systems: Principles and K.M Mittal New Age International
Applications Limited Publishers.
4 Wind Energy Come of Age Gipe P John Wiley and sons, New
York.
5 Solar Energy Fundamentals S. Kalogirou Academic Press
6 Solar Photovoltaics: C.S. Solanki PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.,
Fundamentals Technologies and New Delhi
Applications

##

Scheme and Syllabi 162 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Renewable Energy Lab
ME***** 2-0-0:2
Pre-requisites: Basic knowledge of Energy Science and Renewable Energy.

Course Outcome

S.N. Outcomes
CO1 Understand the concept of energy crisis, renewable energy resources, availability and their
importance
CO2 Apply the concept of solar energy, wind energy and biomass.
CO3 Understand various methods to harness Renewable energy resources
CO4 Analyse various problems, limitations, complexities and performances of power plants
based on Renewable energy resources.

Course Articulation Matrix:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 2
CO2 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 2
CO3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 2 2 3 3 3
CO4 3 3 2 3 3 3 2 3 3 2 3 3 3 3

Module Name of Experiment Duration


1 Measurement of beam radiation, diffused radiation, global radiation, relative 2
humidity of air, velocity of air and light intensity.
2 Measurement of Overall current-voltage characteristic of two crystalline 2
solar cell connected in series and parallel
3 Measurement of daylight and artificial light intensity at various points in a 2
room and plot the graph.
4 Synthesis of bio-fuels and quality measurement. 2
5 Estimation of the calorific value of bio-fuels (solid, liquid and gas) in Bomb 2
calorimeter.
6 Study and Performance analysis of wind turbines. 2
7 Study and Design of Towers and Blades Structures. 2

Text Books:
1. Renewable Energy Sources and Emerging Technologies by D.P. Kothari, K.C. Singal and
R. Ranjan, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi
2. Non Conventional Energy Sources by G.D. Rai 2004, Khanna Publishers.
3. Energy Technology (Non Conventional, Renewable and Conventional) by S. Rao, BB
Parulekar 1994, Khanna Publishers.
4. T. Ackermann, “Wind Power in Power Systems”, John Wiley and Sons Ltd., 2005.

REFERENCES
1. ‘Solar Energy-Fundamentals, Design, Modeling & Applications’ by G.N. Tiwari 2002,
Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi, India.

Scheme and Syllabi 163 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

2. Advanced Renewable Energy Sources by G.N. Tiwari and R.K. Mishra 2012, RSC
Publishing, Cambridge, U.K.
3. Biogas Systems: Principles and Applications by K.M Mittal 1996, New Age International
Limited Publishers, New Delhi.
4. Wind Energy Come of Age by Gipe P. 1995, John Wiley and sons, New York.
5. Solar Energy Fundamentals by S. Kalogirou, Academic Press.
6. Solar Photovoltaics: Fundamentals, Technologies and Applications by C.S. Solanki 2012,
PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.

##

Scheme and Syllabi 164 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Core Elective Courses - 6


Course Code: Credits:
Solar Energy and Applications
ME 3-0-0:3

Prerequisites: Heat and Mass Transfer, Energy Science.

Course Outcomes:

CO1 Understand the basics of solar energy including its production at the Sun, and collection at
Earth surface.
CO2 Understand various methods to collect the solar energy and its measurement.
CO3 Applysolar energy to solve various technical problems overcoming their conventional
methods for safely realization, betterment of mankind and to protect our planet from effects
of climate change such as global warming.
CO4 Analyse the performances of various solar energy applications e.g. Thermal, Photovoltaic
and Daylight..

Course Articulation Matrix:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 2
CO2 3 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 2
CO3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3

No.
Unit Details
Hrs
Introduction: Energy saving and Protection of Environment, The Sun, The Earth, 4
Solar spectrum. Global warming and it's effect, Importance of Solar Energy. Solar
1
energy systems and It's types: Active and Passive. A brief overview of various
applications of solar energy.
Solar Radiation: Types of Solar radiation (Terrestrial and Extra-terrestrial regions, 4
Beam radiation, Diffuse radiation), Air mass, Albedo, Irradiance. Attenuation,
2 Sun-Earth Angles, Solar time, Solar radiation on inclined surface and horizontal
surface, Measuring Instruments for solar radiation e.g. Pyrheliometer,
Pyranometer, Sun-shine recorder.
Solar Water Heating: Introduction (need & working principle), Heat and mass 6
transfer mechanism, Types of solar water heating systems, Basic energy balance
equations, Efficiency and Performance.
3
Solar Air Heating/Cooling: Introduction (need & working principle), Heat and
mass transfer mechanism, Types of solar air heating and cooling systems, Basic
energy balance equations, Efficiency and Performance.
Solar Distillation: Introduction (need & working principle), Heat and mass 6
transfer mechanism, Types of solar distillation systems, Basic energy balance
4 equations, Efficiency and Performance.
Solar Passive house: Concept of passive house, Solar architecture, Principles of
making a solar passive house. Daylight and its Use.

Scheme and Syllabi 165 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Photovoltaics: Introduction, Materials and Doping, Fermi level, p-n junction & its 6
characteristics, Photovoltaic effect, Solar Cell, Module, Array and PV Plant, Solar
5
cell efficiency, Fill factor, Packing factor, Hybrid PV-T applications- a brief
study.
Other applications of solar energy: A brief study of Solar cooking, Solar 4
6 Aquaculture, Solar Greenhouse, Solar cooling, Solar Thermal Power Generation
plant etc.

Text Books:
1 Solar Energy – Fundaments, Design, G.N. Tiwari Narosa Publications.
Modeling & Applications
2 Solar Energy S P Sukhatme, J K McGraw-Hill
Nayak Publications
3 Solar Photovoltaics: Fundamentals, C. S. Solanki PHI Publications
Technologies And Applications

References:
1 Solar Energy Engineering S. Kalogirou Academic Press
2 Solar Photovoltaic Technology and S. Solanki PHI Publications
Systems-A manual for technicians,
Trainers and Engineers
3 Solar Engineering of Thermal John A. Duffie, John Wiley and sons,
Processes William A. Beckman New York.
4 Principles of Solar Energy Frank Krieth& John F John Wiley and sons,
Kreider New York.

##

Scheme and Syllabi 166 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Energy Management
ME***** 3-0-0-3

Prerequisites: Physics, Thermodynamics

Course Outcomes:
CO1 Develop an understanding of the energy-economy-environment nexus.
CO2 Use the techniques of energy auditing and benchmarking in the industrial sector.
CO3 Acquire basic knowledge of sustainable energy technologies and their applications.
CO4 To carry out techno-economic feasibility of energy conservation opportunities in different
sectors of the economy.

Course Articulation Matrix:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 3 - 2 - 3 3 - - - - 3 3 -
CO2 3 3 - 3 3 - - - - - - - 3 3
CO3 3 3 - 3 - - 3 - - - - - 3 2
CO4 - - 3 - 3 - 3 - 3 3 3 - - 3

No.
Unit Details
Hrs
Introduction: Energy supply and demand, energy linked environmental crises- 5
causes and options in the present scenario of global warming, Energy
1
classification: renewable and non-renewable forms of energy and their
characteristics.
Energy-economy-environment nexus: energy-economy link and factors affecting 3
2
it, net energy, gross pollution and growth constraints.
Energy auditing and benchmarking: Process and gross energy requirements, 5
3 Carbon Footprint, Energy payback time, Identification of energy conservation
opportunities, Benchmarking and its parameters.
Technical options for emissions mitigation: Combined cycles, Combined heat and 12
power systems (Co-generation and tri-generation systems); Combined cooling and
power systems, energy efficiency through heat pumps; cascade refrigeration with
4
V-C and V-A systems, Mechanical Vapor Recompression (MVR) systems,
Energy recovery in refrigeration and air-conditioning systems; District Cooling,
Geo-thermal heat pumps, Earth-air heat exchangers.
Case studies from industrial/ commercial/ transport/ agricultural/ residential 5
5
sectors.
Non-technical options for emissions mitigation: Energy rebound effect, Life 3
6
style/attitudinal changes, GDP vs. holistic growth.

Text Books:
1 Energy Systems and Sustainability Boyle et al Oxford University Press

Scheme and Syllabi 167 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

2 Renewable Energy Boyle et al Oxford University Press

References:

1 Energy efficiency Eastop and Croft Longman Scientific and


Technical
2 Bureau of Energy Efficiency (BEE) Ministry of Power Government of India
3 Our Choice Al Gore Bloomsbury Publishing
4 An Inconvenient Truth Al Gore Oscar winning
documentary
5 Before the flood Leonardo DiCaprio National Geographic
documentary

##

Scheme and Syllabi 168 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Smart Materials
ME***** 3-0-0:3

Prerequisites: Material Science and Engineering, Mechanics of Materials & Composite materials

Course Outcomes:

CO1 Student will be able to understand the basics, role, types, design and mechanics of the smart
materials.
CO2 Student will be able to understand the various characterization techniques for the smart
materials.
CO3 Student will be able to design and develop the smart materials.
CO4 Student will be able to design the novel smart materials for advance applications.

Course Articulation Matrix:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3
CO2 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3
CO3 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 3 3 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 2 3 2 1 1 2 3 3 3

No.
Unit Details
Hrs
Introduction to Smart Materials: Overview of Smart Materials, Advantages and 6
limitations, Applications, Types of smart materials, Piezoelectric Materials,
1 Elecrostrictive Materials, Magnetostrictive Materials, Magneto electric Materials.
Magnetorheological Fluids, Electroheological Fluids, Shape Memory Materials,
Fiber-Optic Sensors.
Fabrication and characterization: Additive manufacturing, injection moulding, 6
vapor deposition (PVD), vacuum bag molding process.
X-ray diffraction (XRD), Raman scattering spectroscopy (RS), Secondary Ion
2
Mass Spectrometer (SIMS), Transmission electron Microscopy (TEM), Fourier-
transform infrared reflection (FTIR), Ultraviolet–visible (UV–Vis), Atomic force
microcopy (AFM).
Ferroelectric materials: Piezoelectric materials- piezoelectric effect, Direct and 5
3 converse, parameter definitions, Piezoceramics, Piezopolymers, Piezoelectric
materials as sensors, Actuators and bimorphs
Shape memory materials: Shape memory alloys (SMAs), Shape memory effect, 5
4 Martensitic transformation, One way and two-way SME, training of SMAs, binary
and ternary alloy systems, Functional properties of SMAs.
Smart polymers and hydrogels: Thermally responsive polymers, Electroactive 5
polymers microgels, Synthesis, Properties and Applications, Protein-based smart
polymers, pH-responsive and photo-responsive polymers, Self-assembly,
5 Molecular imprinting using smart polymers, Approaches to molecular imprinting,
Drug delivery using smart polymers, Synthesis, Fast responsive hydrogels,
Molecular recognition, Smart hydrogels as actuators, Controlled drug release,
Artificial muscles, Hydrogels in microfluidics.

Scheme and Syllabi 169 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Smart systems for sustainable applications: Elastic memory composites, Smart 5


corrosion protection coatings, Self-healing materials, Sensors, Actuators,
6
Transducers, MEMS, Deployment devices, Molecular machines, Nuclear
Industries

Text Books:
1 Smart Structure and Materials Brain Culshaw Artech House – Borton.
London
2 Smart Materials and Structures M. V. Gandhi and_B.So Chapman & Hall, London;
Thompson New York

References:
1. Electro ceramics: Materials, Properties A.J. Moulson and Wiley/ 2nd Edition,
J.M-Herbert (ISBN: 0471497479).
2. Piezoelectric Sensories: Force, Strain, G. Gautschi Springer, Berlin;
Pressure, Acceleration and Acoustic New York, 2002
Emission Sensors: Materials and (ISBN:3540422595)
Amplifiers
3. Piezoelectric Actuators and wtrasonic K.Uchino Academic Publishers,
Motors Boston, 1997 (ISBN:
0792398114)
4. https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/112/104/112104251/
5. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yXHlIowQntk

##

Scheme and Syllabi 170 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Green Hydrogen and Alternative Fuels
ME***** 3-0-0:3

Prerequisites: Concepts of Thermodynamics, Fluid Mechanics and Heat Transfer

Course Outcomes:

CO1 Students will be able to explain basic concepts of hydrogen energy and advances in this
technology
CO2 Students will be able to explain the different formation methods of hydrogen production
and its associated challenges in its storage, transportation and safety.
CO3 Students will be able to explain the importance of bio energy in near future along with the
conversion techniques of bio energy from biomass and bio waste.
CO4 Students will be able to identify the challenges in the dissemination of bio-energy to the
mass and its design and technical aspects.

Course Articulation Matrix:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 - - 2 1 - 3 3
CO2 3 2 2 1 - - 1 - - 2 - - 2 1
CO3 2 3 1 3 2 - 2 - - 3 1 - 2 2
CO4 3 3 2 3 1 1 3 1 1 2 1 2 3 3

No.
Unit Details
Hrs
Basics and types of hydrogen, its production technologies, hydrogen generation 8
from fossil fuels, biomass and renewables by different methods, selection criteria
for choosing the Electrolyzers.
1
Hydrogen production from electrolysis method, its working principle,
classification, criteria for choosing the materials, and different materials used in
this method.
Hydrogen storage and transport, methods of hydrogen storage, characterization 6
methods, challenges of materials and their solutions, selection criteria of
2
nanomaterials, and different nanomaterials used in hydrogen storage. Safety issues
associated with Hydrogen energy.
Biomass, Broad Classifications, Compositions, Characteristics, Properties, 7
Structural Components, Biomass Residues, Utilization through Conversion
3
Routes: Bio-chemical and Thermo Chemical, Bioconversion into Biogas,
Mechanism
Bioconversion of Substrates into Alcohols and Bio diesels; Thermo-Chemical 6
4 Conversion of Biomass, Conversion to Solid, Liquid and Gaseous Fuels,
Pyrolysis, Gasification, Combustion, Chemical Conversion Processes.
Biogas Production and Characterization, Biogas Digesters, Parameters influencing 6
5 the biogas production, challenges with biogas technologies, Biogas Purification
and upgradation techniques, compressed biogas technologies

Scheme and Syllabi 171 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Text Books:
1 Hydrogen and Fuel Cells: Bent Sorensen Academic Press
Emerging Technologies and
Applications
2 Biomass Gasification, Prabir Basu, Elsevier
Pyrolysis and Torrefaction,
3 Renewable Energy Twidell, J. and Tony W., Taylor & Francis
Resources

References:
1 Hydrogen Energy Bahman Zohuri Springer Singapore
Challenges and Solutions for
a Cleaner Future
2 Biomass Gasification and Prabir Basu Elsevier
Pyrolysis
Practical Design
3 Biogas Technology Liangwei Deng, Yi Liu, Springer Singapore
Wenguo Wang

##

Scheme and Syllabi 172 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Mechanics of Composite Materials Credits:


ME***** 3-0-0:3

Prerequisites: Mechanics of Materials, Material science and engineering

Course Outcomes:

CO1 Students will be able to analyze the mechanical behaviour of composite materials over
isotropic materials.

CO2 Students will be able to apply constitutive equations of composite materials and
understand mechanical behaviour at micro and macro levels.

CO3 Students will be able to determine the stresses and strains relation in composites
materials.

CO4 Students will be able to predict the failure of the lamina and laminates composites

Course Articulation Matrix:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 2 1 2 1 1 1 - - - 3 3 3

CO2 3 2 2 1 1 1 2 1 - - - 3 3 3

CO3 3 3 3 2 3 2 1 1 - - - 3 3 3

CO4 3 3 3 2 3 2 1 1 - 1 - 3 3 3

Unit Details No. Hrs

1 INTRODUCTION TO COMPOSITE MATERIALS: 9


Introduction, Classification: Polymer Matrix Composites, Metal Matrix
Composites, Ceramic Matrix Composites, nature-made composites, and
applications. Fibres- Glass, Silica, Kevlar, carbon, boron, silicon carbide, and
born carbide fibres. Particulate composites, Polymer composites, Thermoplastics,
Thermosetts, Metal matrix and ceramic composites.

2 ELASTIC BEHAVIOR OF COMPOSITE LAMINA USING 6


MICROMECHANICS:
Introduction, Strength of Materials Approach, Semi-Empirical Models, Elasticity
Approach, Volume and Mass Fractions, Density, and Void Content, Evaluation
of the Four Elastic Moduli, Ultimate Strengths of a Unidirectional Lamina

3 ELASTIC BEHAVIOR OF COMPOSITE LAMINA USING 6


MACROMECHANICS:
Introduction, Definitions: Stress, Strain, Elastic Moduli, Strain Energy, stress-
strain relations for general anisotropic materials, specially orthotropic materials,

Scheme and Syllabi 173 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

transversally isotropic materials, orthotropic material under plane stress and


isotropic materials, relations between mathematical and engineering constants.

4 ELASTIC BEHAVIOR OF MULTIDIRECTIONAL LAMINATES: 6


Basic assumptions, laminate code, strain-displacement relations, stress-strain
relations of a layer within a laminate, force and moment resultants, Laminate
stiffness and laminate compliance, symmetric laminates, balance laminates

5 FAILURE ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF LAMINA: 7


Strength Failure Theories of an Angle Lamina: Maximum Stress Failure Theory
Strength Ratio, Failure Envelopes, Maximum Strain Failure Theory, Tsai–Hill
Failure Theory, Tsai–Wu

6 FAILURE ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF LAMINATES: 6


Introduction, Special Cases of Laminates, and Failure Criterion for a Laminate,
and Design of a Laminated Composite

Text Books:
1 Engineering Mechanics of Isaac and M Oxford University Press
Composite Materials Daniel,
2 Analysis and performance of fibre B. D. Agarwal John Wiley & sons, New
Composites and L. J. Broutman York

References:
1 Mechanics of Composite R. M. Jones Mc Graw Hill Company,
Materials New York
2 Analysis of Laminated Composite L. R. Calcote Van Nostrand Rainfold,
Structures New York
3 Mechanics of Composite Autar K. Kaw CRC Publication
Materials

##

Scheme and Syllabi 174 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Design against Fatigue and Fracture
ME***** 3-0-0:3

Prerequisites: Material Science and Engineering, Mechanics of Materials

Course Outcomes:

CO1 Students will be able tounder stand the concept of fracture mechanics in the design of
products and systems.
CO2 Students will be able to formulate the effect of cracks, flaws on mechanical behavior of
components.
CO3 Students will be able to analyze and determine the effect of inherent/nucleated cracks and
flaws under monotonic and fluctuating load conditions both analytically and
experimentally.
CO4 Students will be able to predict the life of components under cyclic loading conditions and
apply the knowledge in research and development activity for betterment of the society.

Course Articulation Matrix:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3
CO2 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3
CO3 3 3 3 2 3 2 1 1 3 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 2 3 2 1 1 3 3 3

No.
Unit Details
Hrs
Stress concentration effect of flaws, Cracks as stress raisers; The Griffith energy 5
1
balance, The energy release rate, Crack growth instability analysis and R-curve.
Stress analysis of cracks: Generalised In-plane Loading (Williams approach), 7
Westergaard stress function, Behaviour at Crack Tips in Real Materials; Effects
2 of Cracks on Strength; Effect of Cracks on Brittle versus Ductile Behaviors, The
stress Intensity factor K, Crack tip plasticity, Fracture toughness, K as a failure
criterion, Trends of KIC with material
Crack tip opening displacement (CTOD), The J-contour integral, J as a nonlinear 6
3 energy release rate, J as a Path-Independent Line Integral, J as a Stress Intensity
Parameter, Laboratory measurement of KIC
Micro-mechanism of fatigue, Introduction, Fatigue Design Criteria : Infinite life 5
4 design, safe life design, fail-safe design, Damage Tolerant Design, Fatigue Tests
and the stress-life (S-N) Approach.
Cyclic deformation and the strain-life (ε-N) approach, Fundamentals of LEFM 6
and application to fatigue crack growth : LEFM concepts, Cyclic plastic zone size,
5
fatigue crack growth, mean stress effect, Experimental measurement of fatigue
crack growth.
Fatigue from variable amplitude loading: Spectrum loading, Cumulative damage 6
6 theories, Load interaction and sequence effects, cyclic counting method, crack
growth and life estimation methods.

Scheme and Syllabi 175 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Text Books:
1 Fracture Mechanics Michael Janssen, Jan Spon Press
Zuidema and Russell (Taylor & Francis
Wanhill Group)
2 Metal Fatigue in Engineering R.I. Stephens , John Wiley
A.Fatemi, R.R.
Stephens and H.O.
Fuchs
References:
1 Fracture Mechanics: Fundamentals and T.L.Anderson CRC Press
Applications
2 Fundamentals of Fracture Mechanics J.F.Knott Butterworths
3 Fatigue Damage, Crack Growth and Life F.Ellyin Chapman & Hall
Prediction
4 Elementary Engineering Fracture D. Broek Kluwer
Mechanics Academic
5 Fracture Mechanics with an introduction to Gross and Seelig Springer
micromechanics
6 Elements of Fracture Mechanics Prashant Kumar Tata McGraw
Hill
7 Deformation and Fracture Mechanics of R.W. Hertzberg John Wiley
Engineering, Materials

##

Scheme and Syllabi 176 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Electric Vehicle Technology
ME***** 3-0-0:3

Prerequisites: Basic Electrical Engineering

Course Outcomes:

S.N. Outcomes
CO1 Students will be able to understand about basics of electric vehicle.
CO2 Students will be able to understand about drives and control systems of electric
vehicles.
CO3 Students will be able to select motor, battery, battery indication system for EV
applications.
CO4 Students will be able to design battery charger for an EV.

Course Articulation Matrix:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 - - 1 1 3 1 - - - - 1 2 1
CO2 3 - - 1 1 3 1 - - - - 2 2 1
CO3 1 3 3 3 2 3 1 1 - - 2 2 3 2
CO4 1 2 3 2 3 2 2 1 - - 1 2 3 3

No.
Unit Details
Hrs
Introduction to Electric Vehicle:Types and working mechanisms of Electric 10
Vehicles, Components of Electric Vehicles, Chassis /Battery/Charger/etc., Standard
Materials and its properties for components used in ElectricVehicles, Frame and
1 Chassis of Electric Vehicles, braking systems in EVs, planetary gears, clutches,
differentials, all-wheel drive regenerative braking mechanisms, Brake strategies
(Series and Parallel), Braking torque distribution principle, electro-mechanical
hybrid braking system.
Energy Storage Systems (ESS): Types of Batteries, their working mechanisms 7
and characteristics, Applications of Batteries and ultracapacitors in Electric
2
Vehicles, Comparison between different cell chemistry w.r.t. specific power,
specific energy, safety, lifespan, performance, cost etc.
Analysis of ESS:Battery design parameters for several Electric Vehicles, Battery 8
Architecture, Battery passive components sizing, Isolation requirements,
Manufacturing of batteries, Battery modelling, form cell to pack, Battery pack and
design issues, Failures of batteries, Battery Pack Performance & Safety testing
3 standards, Battery management systems, Overview of safety circuits like over
voltage and under voltage protection, pre-charge circuit, isolation monitoring,
HVIL (high voltage interlock loop), MSD (manual service disconnect), Fuses etc.,
Overview of favorable and unfavorable storage conditions, impact of temperature
on batteries.
Mobility and Connectors:Various types of chargers and energy management 6
4 strategies, Connected Mobility and Autonomous Mobility- Emobility. Connectors-
Types of EV charging connector, North American EV Plug Standards, DC Fast

Scheme and Syllabi 177 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Charge EV Plug Standards in North America, CCS (Combined Charging System),


CHAdeMO, Tesla, European EV Plug Standards,
Drives for EV:Introduction to Electromagnetic Energy Conversion; Electric 5
drivetrain system; System design considerations, rating and sizing of electric
drivetrain components; Machines and drives for traction and EVs: Permanent
5
Magnet Synchronous Motor (PMSM), Permanent Magnet Brushless DC
motors(PMBLDCM), Switched reluctance motors, synchronous reluctance motor,
induction motor (IM); Control of Electric Drives; Bidirectional DC-DC converters.

Text Books:
1 Electric Vehicle Technology Explained James Larminie, John John Wiley & Sons,
Lowry Ltd.
2 Electric and Hybrid Vehicles: Design Iqbal Husain Iqbal Husain
Fundamentals

References:
1 Electric Vehicles: Modern Technologies Nil Patel, Akash Kumar Springer Singapore
and Trends Bhoi, Sanjeevkumar
Padmanaban, Jens Bo
Holm-Nielsen
2 Battery Management Systems of Nicolae Tudoroiu (editor) MDPI AG
Electric and Hybrid Electric Vehicles
3 Heavy-Duty Electric Vehicles: From Shashank Arora, Alireza Butterworth-
Concept to Reality Tashakori Abkenar, Heinemann
Shantha Gamini
Jayasinghe, Kari Tammi
4 Rechargeable Lithium-Ion Batteries: Thandavarayan CRC Press
Trends and Progress in Electric Maiyalagan (editor),
Vehicles Perumal Elumalai (editor)

##

Scheme and Syllabi 178 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Advanced Automobile Engineering
ME***** 3-0-0:3

Prerequisites: Engineering Thermodynamics, Engineering Mechanics, Automobile engineering


(basic course)

Course Outcomes:

CO1 Students will be able to identify different types of automobile structures, body components
and body interiors and how their design differ.
CO2 Students will able to understand and analyze various chassis design and stability of
automobiles.
CO3 Students will be able to identify various modern steering and suspension systems and will
able to analyze load associated with these systems.
CO4 Students will able to analyze vehicle safety related issues and vehicle design parameters that
leads to increased safety and methods to reduce vehicle noise.

Course Articulation Matrix:


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 2 1 2 3 3 2 1 2 - 2 2 2
CO2 3 2 2 2 2 3 3 2 1 2 - 2 3 3
CO3 3 2 2 2 2 3 3 2 1 2 - 2 3 3
CO4 3 2 2 1 2 3 3 2 1 2 - 2 3 2

No.
Unit Details
Hrs
1 Introduction and overview –Beginnings Growth and refinement 4
Vehicle Structure, Body Components and Body Interiors: Basic requirement
of stiffness and strength Vehicle structure types, Demonstration of Simple
2 Structural Surfaces (SSS), Bumpers, Grilles, Sill covers and side air bags, outer 8
moldings, Weather strips, Glass and Mirrors, Seat Belt Restraint system-Air-
Bag, components of Air- Bag, Dash Board
Chassis: Vehicle and body centre of gravity and handling properties, axle weight
3 and axle centre of gravity, body weight and body centre of gravity, Braking 8
behavior –stability, anti dive control, traction behavior.
Steering and Suspension systems: types-limitations. Hydraulic, electro
hydraulic and electrical power steering, steering column, steering damper.
4 Vehicle weights and axle loads, Shock absorbers, spring damper units, roll 8
center analysis, load due to gyroscopic force on suspension, total load on
suspension.
Automotive vehicle safety, Testing and Noise Control: basic concepts of
vehicle safety, techno legal issues- ethics, testing of automotive components,
5 failure investigations, safety factors, designs for uncertainty, crash testing. 8
Interior noise, Engine noise, Road noise, wind noise, brake noise, Interior noise:
Assessment and control

Scheme and Syllabi 179 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Text Books:
1 The Motor Vehicle Newton and Steed Butterworth-Heinemann
2 Vehicle Body Engineering J. Powloski Business Books Ltd
3 Tire and Vehicle Dynamics Hans B Pacejka Elsevier Ltd
4 Automotive vehicle safety George A Peters & CRC Press
Barbara J Peters

References:
1 Advanced Vehicle Technology Heinz Heisler Butterworth-Heinemann
2 The Automotive Chassis J. Reimpell, H Stoll SAE International
3 Automotive Engineering Richard Stone and J K SAE International
Fundamentals Ball
4 Automotive Body Lorenzo Morello Springer
5 Automotive Engineering (Power David A Crolla Elsevier collection
Train, Chassis system and Vehicle
Body)
6 Road Vehicle Dynamics Rao V Dukkipati Springer
7 Highway Design & Traffic Safety Ruediger Lamm McGraw-Hill Education
Engineering Handbook
8 The handbook of road safety Rune Elvik, Emerald Group
measures Truls Vaa, Publishing
Alena Hoye,
Michael Sorensen

##

Scheme and Syllabi 180 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Vehicle Management System
ME***** 3-0-0:3

Prerequisites: Engineering Thermodynamics, Engineering Mechanics, Electrical Engineering and


Automobile Engineering.

Course Outcomes:
CO1 Students will able to acquire an overview of automotive components, subsystems, and
basics of Electronic Engine Control in today’s automotive industry
CO2 Students will able to use available automotive sensors and actuators while interfacing with
microcontrollers / microprocessors during automotive system design
CO3 Student will able to understand the networking of various modules in automotive systems,
communication protocols and diagnostics of the sub systems.
CO4 Students will able to design and implement the electronics that attribute the reliability,
safety, and smartness to the automobiles, providing add-on comforts and get fair idea on
future Automotive Electronic Systems.

Course Articulation Matrix:


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 2 1 1 1 3 2 1 2 1 3 2 2
CO2 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 1 3 3 2
CO3 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 1 1 1 3 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 1 1 1 3 3 3

No.
Unit Details
Hrs
Automotive Sensors & Actuators: Hall Effect, hot wire, thermistor, piezo
electric, piezoresistive, based sensors. Introduction, basic sensor arrangement,
types of sensors, oxygen concentration sensor, lambda sensor, crankshaft angular
1 position sensor, cam position sensor, Mass air flow (MAF) rate, Manifold 10
absolute pressure (MAP), Throttle plate angular position, engine oil pressure
sensor, vehicle speed sensor, stepper motors, relays, detonation sensor, emission
sensors.
Digital Engine Control System: Open loop and close loop control system,
engine cooling and warm up control, idle speed control, acceleration and full load
enrichment, deceleration fuel cutoff. Fuel control maps, open loop control of fuel
2 8
injection and closed loop lambda control exhaust emission control, on-board
diagnostics, diagnostics, future automotive electronic systems, Electronic dash
board instruments – Onboard diagnosis system.
SI Engine Management: Feedback carburetor system, throttle body injection and
multi point fuel injection system, injection system controls, advantage of
electronic ignition systems, three way catalytic converter, conversion efficiency
versus lambda. Layout and working of SI engine management systems like Bosch
3 10
Monoj etronic, L-Jetronic and LH-Jetronic. Group and sequential injection
techniques. Working of the fuel system components. Advantages of electronic
ignition systems. Types of solid state ignition systems and their principle of
operation, Contactless electronic ignition system, Electronic spark timing control.

Scheme and Syllabi 181 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

CI Engine Management: Fuel injection system, parameters affecting


combustion, noise and emissions in CI engines. Pilot, main, advanced, post
injection and retarded post injection. Electronically controlled Unit Injection
4 10
system. Layout of the common rail fuel injection system. Working of components
like fuel injector, fuel pump, rail pressure limiter, flow limiter, EGR valve control
in electronically controlled systems.

Text Books:
1 Automobile Electrical & Young, Griffitns Butterworths, London.
Electronic Equipments
2 Understanding Automotive Wiliam B. Ribbens Butterworth–Heinemann
Electronics
3 Gasoline Engine Management Robert Bosch SAE Publications
4 Diesel Engine Management Robert Bosch SAE Publications

References:
1 Understanding Automotive Bechfold SAE
Electronics
2 Automobile Electronics Eric Chowanietz SAE
3 Automotive Computer & Control Tomwather J. R., Cland Prentice Inc. NJ
System Hunter
4 Automobile Electrical & Tom Denton Allied Publishers Pvt. Ltd
Electronic Systems

##

Scheme and Syllabi 182 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Hybrid Electric and Fuel Cell Vehicles
ME***** 3-0-0:3
Prerequisites: Engineering Thermodynamics, Material Science, Internal Combustion Engines,
Automobile Engineering, Advanced Automobile Engineering
Course Outcomes:
CO1 Students will be able to understand and analyze different types of Fuel cells, its operation,
and performance
CO2 Students will be able to quantify fuel cell processing using codes and standards.
CO3 Students will be able to comprehend basic concept of Hybrid and Electric traction.
CO4 Students will be able to understand the need and environmental importance of Hybrid
technology and analyze it.

Course Articulation Matrix:


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 2 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 3
CO2 3 2 3 3 3 2 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 3
CO3 3 2 3 3 2 2 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 3

No.
Unit Details
Hrs
Fuel Cell Technology-Introduction to Electrochemistry, Unit Cells, Fuel cell
stacking, Fuel cell Types (Polymer Electrolyte Fuel cell, Alkaline Fuel cell,
1 8
Phosphoric acid Fuel cell, Molten carbonate fuel cell, and Solid oxide fuel cell),
and Timeline of introduction of fuel cell technology in automobiles.
Fuel Cell Performance-Role of Gibbs free energy and Nernst Potential, Cell
Energy balance, Cell efficiency, Performance variables, various mathematical
2 6
models. Polymer Electrolyte Fuel cell-Cell Components, PEFC system
Performance, Alkaline Fuel Cell-Cell component, Performance.
Introduction to Fuel cell Hybrids: Fuel cell Auxiliary Power Systems, Sample
3 Calculations-Fuel cell Calculations, Fuel Processing Calculations for 6
PEFC, AFC. Fuel cell related codes and Standards
Hybrid Electric Technology and Electric drive trains-Introduction, History,
Environmental importance, Basic concept of Hybrid Traction, Basic concept of
electric traction, Introduction of electric components used in electric vehicles.
4 8
Principles of Hybrid Electric Drive trains, Architectures, Hybrid control Strategies
– Parallel Hybrid, Series Hybrid – (Charge Sustaining, Charge Depleting), Low-
Voltage Storage System.
Hybrid Vehicle Technology-Sizing the drive system: Matching the electric
machine and the Internal combustion engine (ICE), Sizing the propulsion motor,
sizing the power electronics, selecting the energy storage technology,
5 Communications, and supporting subsystems. Energy Management Strategies in 8
hybrid and electric vehicles,
Case Studies: Design of a Hybrid Electric Vehicle (HEV), Design of a Battery
Electric Vehicle (BEV).

Text Books:

Scheme and Syllabi 183 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

1 Fuel Cell Technology Hoogers, G., Edr. CRC Press


Handbook
2 Fuel Cell Systems Explained Larminie, J. and Dicks, John Wiley & Sons, Ltd
A.
3 Vehicular Electric Power Ali Emadi, Mehrdad Marcel Dekker, Inc.
Systems Ehsani, John M. Miller

References:
1 Fuel Cell Handbook EG&G Technical National Energy Technology
Services, Inc. Laboratory
2 Electric and Hybrid Vehicles Tom Denton Institute of the Motor
Industry
##

Scheme and Syllabi 184 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Automotive Electronics
ME***** 3-0-0
Prerequisites: Automobile Engineering
Course Outcomes:
CO1 Understand the need of safety of electronics in automobiles, electronic circuit fundamentals
and basic test equipment.
CO2 Analyse vehicle electronic circuits.
CO3 Outline the working of batteries, starting systems, charging systems, ignition systems and
auxiliaries.
CO4 Understand the working of sensors and ECU

Course Articulation Matrix:


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 1 1 2 2 1 3 3 2 1 1 1 3 2 3
CO2 2 2 3 3 2 3 3 2 1 2 1 3 3 3
CO3 2 2 3 3 2 3 3 2 1 2 1 3 3 3
CO4 2 2 3 3 2 3 3 2 1 2 1 3 3 3

No.
Unit Details
Hrs
Introduction: Overview of the course, Examination and Evaluation patterns,
History of Automotive electronics.
Safety and Communication: Safe working practices-work cloths, eye protection,
fire protection, battery safety. Working as an electricity / electronics technician-
your toolbox, access to wiring diagrams and repairs information, communicating
1 6
with the customer, working around air bags.
Circuit fundamentals and basic test equipment: voltage, current, resistance,
circuits components, series and parallel circuits, purpose of voltmeters, measuring
voltage drop, connecting the voltmeter, types of ammeters, current probes, reading
and interpreting ohmmeter readings, continuity testing.
Vehicle circuits: circuit components, analysing series and parallel circuits,
control circuits, diagnosing open and short circuits.
Digital Storage Oscilloscope: voltage and time setting, DSO trigger and slope,
using a current probe with DSO, using the DSO‟s multiple-trace capability.
2 8
Electronic fundamentals: solid state devices, electronic control input devices,
diagnosing and servicing electronic control input devices, integrated circuits as
input devices, diagnosing and servicing ICs, oxygen sensors, diagnosing and
servicing oxygen sensors.
Wiring diagrams and Batteries: wiring diagram symbols, using the wiring
diagram as aservice tool, automotive batteries, diagnosing batteries, servicing
batteries.
Starting and charging systems: starting circuits, solenoid shift starters,
3 6
diagnosing and servicing solenoid shift starters systems, positive engagement
starters, diagnosing and servicing positive engagement starting system, gear-
reduction starters, diagnosing gearreduction starters, charging system overview,
field circuits, diagnosing and servicing the charging system.
4 Ignition systems and accessories: secondary ignition systems, servicing the 8

Scheme and Syllabi 185 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

secondary ignition system, primary ignition system, diagnosing and servicing


distributed primary ignition systems, distributor less ignition secondary circuits,
diagnosing and servicing the secondary ignition system on a distributor less
vehicles, distributor less ignition primary circuits, diagnosing and servicing the
primary circuit on a distributor less ignition system. Lighting circuits, diagnosing
lighting circuits, defogger, horn, and windshield wiper circuits, diagnosing
defogger, horn, and windshield wiper circuits, motor driven accessories,
diagnosing motor driven accessories
Cooling of Electronics Equipment: Cooling load of electronics equipment,
thermal environment, Electronics cooling in automotive systems, air cooling,
5 liquid cooling, and immersion cooling. 8
Electronic control units and sensors: Vehicle sensors-speed, temperature, fuel
level, battery condition, emissions, feedback circuits.

Text Books:
1 Automotive Technology, Al Santini Cengage Publishers, 2011
Electricity and Electronics
2 Understanding Automotive William Ribbens Elsevier
Electronics, 6th Edition

Scheme and Syllabi 186 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Alternative Fuels Technology
ME***** 3-0-0
Prerequisites: Engineering Thermodynamics, Internal Combustion Engines
Course Outcomes:
CO1 Students will able to understand about the various alternative fuels available and its
properties
CO2 Students will able to determine various properties of bio fuels and their significance in IC
engines.
CO3 Student will able to analyze the various gaseous alternative fuels for IC engine applications
CO4 Students will able to explain the concepts of Electric, Hybrid and Fuel Cell Vehicles.
Course Articulation Matrix:
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 1 1 2 2 1 3 3 2 1 1 1 3 2 3
CO2 2 2 3 3 2 3 3 2 1 2 1 3 3 3
CO3 2 2 3 3 2 3 3 2 1 2 1 3 3 3
CO4 2 2 3 3 2 3 3 2 1 2 1 3 3 3

No.
Unit Details
Hrs
Need for alternate fuel: Availability and properties of alternate fuels, general use
of alcohols, LPG, hydrogen, ammonia, CNG and LNG, vegetable oils and biogas,
1 6
merits and demerits of various alternate fuels, introduction to alternate energy
sources. Like EV, hybrid, fuel cell and solar cars
Alcohols as Fuels: Production methods of alcohols. Properties of alcohols as
fuels. Methods of using alcohols in CI and SI engines. Blending, dual fuel
2 8
operation, surface ignition and oxygenated additives. Performance emission and
combustion characteristics in CI and SI engines.
Vegetable Oils and Biodiesel as Fuels: Various vegetable oils and their
important properties. Different methods of using vegetable oils engines –
3 Blending, preheating Transesterification and emulsification of Vegetable oils - 6
Performance in engines – Performance, Emission and Combustion Characteristics
in diesel engines.
Hydrogen, Biogas, Natural Gas and LPG as Fuels: Production methods of
hydrogen. Combustive properties of hydrogen. Problems associated with
hydrogen as fuel and solutions. Different methods of using hydrogen in SI and CI
engines. Performance, emission and combustion analysis in engines. Hydrogen
4 storage - safety aspects of hydrogen. 8
Production methods of Biogas, Natural gas and LPG. Properties studies. CO2 and
H2S scrubbing in Biogas., Modification required to use in SI and CI Engines-
Performance and emission characteristics of Biogas, NG and LPG in SI and CI
engines.
Electric, Hybrid and Fuel Cell Vehicles: Layout of Electric vehicle and Hybrid
vehicles – Advantages and drawbacks of electric and hybrid vehicles. System
5 components, Electronic control system – Different configurations of Hybrid 8
vehicles. Power split device. High energy and power density batteries – Basics of
Fuel cell vehicles.

Text Books:
1 Handbook of Alternative Sunggyu Lee James G. CRC Press, Taylor and Francis

Scheme and Syllabi 187 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Fuel Technologies Speight Sudarshan K. Group


Loyalka
2 Biodiesel Handbook Gerhard Knothe, Jon Van AOCS Press Champaign
Gerpen, Jargon Krahl
3 Alternative Fuels: The Michael F. Hordeski The Fairmont Press
Future of Hydrogen
4 Hybrid, Electric and Fuel- Delmar Cengage Learning Delmar Cengage Learning
cell Vehicles

References:
1 Alternative Fuels and Akhilendra Pratap Springer
Advanced Combustion Singh, Dhananjay Kumar,
Techniques as Sustainable Avinash Kumar Agarwal
Solutions for Internal
Combustion Engines
2 Electric, Hybrid, and Fuel Dr. Amgad Elgowainy Springer Science
Cell Vehicles
3 Transactions of SAE on SAE Publication
Biofuels (Alcohols,
vegetable oils, CNG, LPG,
Hydrogen, Biogas etc.).

##

Scheme and Syllabi 188 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Machine Learning
ME***** 3-0-0:3

Prerequisites: NIL

Course Outcomes:

CO1 Student will be able to understand the fundamental issues and challenges of machine
learning
CO2 Student will be able to understand a wide variety of learning algorithms
CO3 Student will be able to formulate and evaluate models generated from data
CO4 Student will be able to understand the strengths and weaknesses of various machine
learning approaches.
CO5 Student will be able to design and implement various machine learning algorithm for real
world problems

Course Articulation Matrix:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 3 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 1 - 2 3 2
CO2 3 3 2 3 3 1 1 1 2 1 - 2 3 3
CO3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 2 2 2 3 3 3
CO4 3 3 2 2 3 - - - 2 - - 2 2 2
CO5 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

No.
Unit Details
Hrs
1 Basic Concepts: Machine Learning, Supervised learning, Unsupervised learning 3
Linear Regression with One Variable: Model representation, Cost function 7
formulation, gradient descent for linear regression, Linear Regression with
Multiple Variables: Model representation, Cost function formulation, gradient
descent for multiple variables, features and polynomial regression, Logistic
2
Regression: Classification, Hypothesis Representation, Decision Boundary, Cost
Function, Simplified Cost Function and Gradient Descent, Multiclass
Classification
Regularization: Over fitting, Regularized linear and logistic regression
Neural Network Representation : Physiology of Human Brain, Models of Neuron, 7
Network Architecture, Artificial Intelligence & Neural Network
Single Layer Perceptrons: Least mean square algorithm, learning curves learning
3 rate annealing techniques, Perceptron, Perceptron Convergence Theorem. Multi-
Layer Feed forward Neural Networks: Multi-Layer Perceptrons, Back
Propagation Algorithm, Generalization, Cross Validation, Network Pruning
Techniques, Accelerated Convergence of Back Propagation Learning.
Radial Basis Function Networks: Radial Basis Function Networks, Cover’s 4
4 Theorem; Regularization Theory, Regularization Networks, Comparison of RBF
Networks & Multilayer Perceptron.
Dimensionality Reduction: Hebbian based Principal Component Analysis 5
Adaptive Principal Component Analysis using lateral inhibition; Kernel based
5
Principal Component Analysis. Self Organizing Maps: Self Organizing Map,
Properties of the feature Map; Learning Vector Quantization, Contextual maps.

Scheme and Syllabi 189 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

6 Support Vector Machine: Large Margin Classification, Kernels, Using an SVM 5


Anomaly Detection: Developing and Evaluating an Anomaly Detection System, 4
Anomaly Detection vs. Supervised Learning, Choosing What Features to Use,
7 Multivariate Gaussian Distribution Anomaly Detection using the Multivariate
Gaussian Distribution

Text Books:
1 Neural Networks: A comprehensive S. Pearson Education, Inc.
Foundation Haykin
2 Machine Learning: A Probabilistic Perspective Kevin P. MIT Press
Murphy
References:
1 Introduction to artificial neural systems Jacek M. Zurada Jaico Publishing
House
2 The Elements of Statistical Learning T. Hastie, R. Springer
Tibshirani, and J.
Friedman
3 Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning Christopher M. Springer
Bishop

##

Scheme and Syllabi 190 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Computer Integrated Manufacturing
ME***** 3-0-0:3
Pre-requisites: NIL

Course Outcome

S.N. Outcomes
CO1 Understand and apply the basics of CAD-CAM to link with the present industrial
requirement.
CO2 Identify the levels of integration and required devices for industrial automation and up
graduation requirements.
CO3 Identify the parameters of capacity planning, manufacturing resource planning and their
effects on current market trends.
CO4 Evaluate and apply the concepts of industry 4.0 environment and to develop business strategy
on the basis of studied parameters.
CO5 Apply and analyse the required knowledge in developing business competencies, ethics and
to develop strategy for dynamic customer’s requirement.

Course Articulation Matrix:


CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 1 2 2 3 1 1 - 2 - 1 1 3 3 3
CO2 2 2 3 3 3 2 3 1 1 1 1 2 3 3
CO3 3 3 3 3 1 - - 2 2 3 - 3 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 3 1 2 2 2 2 3 1 3 3 3
CO5 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 1 2 3 2 3 3 3

Module Content No. Hr


1 CIM Concepts: Manufacturing Enterprise: External and Internal Challenges, 10
world-class order-winning criteria, CIM- definition, SME manufacturing wheel,
CIM benefits and implementation steps; Manufacturing Systems: Classification,
elements or sections of a typical manufacturing organization.
Functions and Components of CIM System: Design process, concurrent
engineering, Concept of CAD/CAM and CIMS.
2 Database and Communication in CIM System: Data Communication 6
technologies, Database Management technologies, Automated data collection in
shop floor.
3 Planning and Scheduling Functions in CIM System: Aggregate Production 7
Planning (APP), Master Production Schedule (MPS), Material Requirement
Planning (MRP), Capacity Requirement Panning (CRP), Manufacturing
Resource Planning (MRP-II), Just-In-time Production Systems and Concept of
Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP).
4 Group Technology and Cellular Manufacturing: Concept of Group Technology 9
and its Application, Classification and Coding Techniques; Clustering
Techniques and Cellular Manufacturing, Flexible Manufacturing Systems.

Scheme and Syllabi 191 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Computer-Aided Process Planning: Approaches – Variant and Generative,


Feature Classification and Recognition; Process Classifications and Selections,
Machines and Tool Selection, Setting Process Parameters, Process Sheet
Documentation.
5 Automated Material Handling Systems 8
Industrial Robots, Conveyors, AGVs, Automatic Storage and Retrieval
Systems.
Introduction to Advanced Manufacturing Systems
Introduction to Lean Manufacturing systems, Agile Manufacturing systems,
Quick Response Manufacturing, Reconfigurable Manufacturing Systems,
Holonic Manufacturing Systems, Agent-Based Manufacturing Systems, Web-
based manufacturing, Virtual Manufacturing.

Reference Books:
1. James A. Rehg and Henry W. Kraebber, 2005. Computer-Integrated Manufacturing.
Second Edition, Pearson Education (Singapore) private Ltd., Delhi.
2. Mikell P. Groover, 2005. Automation, Production Systems and Computer-Integrated
Manufacturing. Second Edition, Pearson Education (Singapore) private Ltd., Delhi.
3. Nanua Singh, 1995, Systems Approach to Computer Integrated Design and manufacturing,
John Wiley & Sons.

##

Scheme and Syllabi 192 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Microelectromechanical Systems (MEMS)
ME***** 3-0-0

Prerequisites: Basic knowledge of science and engineering

Course Outcomes:

CO1 Students will be able to understand the concept of micro-electro-mechanical systems, its working
principles and applications.
CO2 Students will be able to design, simulate and analyse the basic micro sensors and actuators in the
micro system.
CO3 Students will gain the knowledge of the MEMS fabrication and manufacturing processes.
CO4 Students will be able to explore new design and applications of MEMS

Course Articulation Matrix:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2
CO2 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3
CO3 3 3 3 2 3 2 1 1 1 1 1
CO4 3 3 3 2 3 2 1 1 2 2 1

Unit Details No. Hrs

1 Overview of Micro Electro Mechanical systems (MEMS): MEMS and 5


Microsystem products: Microgears, Micromotors, Microturbines, Mirco-optical
Components, Application of Microsystems in Automotive Industry, Application of
Microsystems in other Industries: Health care, Aerospace, Industrial Products,
Consumer Products, Telecommunications; Scaling Laws in Miniaturization
2 Working Principles of Microsystems: Microsensors, Microactuation, MEMS with 5
Microactuators, Microactuators with Mechanical Inertia, Microfluidics, Case studies.
3 Engineering Science for Microsystems Design and Fabrication: Atomic structure 5
of matter, Ions and Ionization, Molecular theory of matter and Intermolecular forces,
Doping of semiconductor, Diffusion process, Plasma Physics, Electrochemistry,
Case studies.
4 Materials for MEMS: Substrates and Wafers, Active substrate materials, Silicon 5
and its compounds, polymers, packaging materials, Case studies.
5 Engineering Mechanics and thermo-fluid Engineering for Microsystems 7
Design: Static bending of thin plates, Design theory of accelerometer, micro
accelerometer, thin film mechanics: thermo mechanics, Fluid flow in micro conduits,
Heat conduction in multilayered thin films and in solids at sub-micrometer scale,
Case studies.
6 Fabrication and manufacturing Processes for Microsystems: Photolithography, 8
Ion implantation, Diffusion, Oxidation, Chemical Vapour Deposition, Physical
Vapour Deposition, Etching, Bulk micro manufacturing, Surface micro machining
LIGA process, Case studies.

Text Books:
1 MEMS and Microsystems: Hsu, T.R John Wiley & Sons, Inc. New Jersey

Scheme and Syllabi 193 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Design, Manufacture, and


Nanoscale Engineering

References:

1 Fundamentals of Microfabrication Madau, M. J., Taylor &Francis

2 Handbook of MEMS: Introduction and Gad-el-Hak, M. Taylor &Francis


Fundamentals

Scheme and Syllabi 194 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Industrial Automation
ME***** 3-0-0

Prerequisites:Workshop and Manufacturing Process, Industrial Engineering


Course Outcomes:
CO1 Students able to understand the concepts of automations, automation strategy and advanced
automation functions.
CO2 Students able understand the different components and tools for automation process
CO3 Students able to understand performances of different automated material handling and
storage system
CO4 Students able to understand about the automated production and assembly lines, cellular
and flexible manufacturing systems.
CO5 Students able to understand advanced manufacturing production planning and capacity
planning system.
Course Articulation Matrix:
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO1 PO1 PO1 PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 1 2
CO 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 2 1 2
1
CO 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
2
CO 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2
3
CO 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2
4
CO 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2
5

No.
Unit Details
Hrs.
1 Introduction: – need for automation – automation in production systems – 4
automation principles and strategies - hard and soft automation production system
- elements of advanced automation functions - levels of automation - modeling of
manufacturing systems.
2 Introduction to hydraulic, pneumatic, electric controls system. – 7
majorcomponents, symbols and accessories functions of hydraulic system -
Design and application of hydraulic circuits of machine tool, press, Mobile
hydraulic.
Pneumatic system - pneumatic components and function- pneumatic components
symbols- Design and application of pneumatic circuits of machine tool.
Semi automats-automated-transfer lines - automatic assembly - transfer devices
and feeders’ classifications and applications-job orienting and picking devices-
setting of automats and transfer lines. Introduction to Microprocessors and their
applications, Sensors and Principles, PLC system
3 Material handling: Introduction, material handling systems and equipment - 7

Scheme and Syllabi 195 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

principles and design, material transport system: transfer mechanisms and


equipments – automated feed cut of components, performance analysis, uses of
various types of handling systems including AGV and its various guiding
technologies. Overview of automatic identification methods.
4 Storage system: introduction - storage system performance - location strategies - 4
conventional storage methods and equipments - automated storage systems –
analysis of storage systems.
5 Automated manufacturing systems: Components, classification, overview of 6
automated production lines – automated assembly systems, group technology and
cellular manufacturing – flexible manufacturing cells and systems - components
and applications.
6 Manufacturing support system: Process planning and concurrent engineering- 6
process planning, CAPP, CE and design for manufacturing, advanced
manufacturing planning, production planning and control system, master
production schedule, MRP. Capacity planning, shop floor control, inventory
control, MRP-II, J.I.T production systems. Lean and agile manufacturing
Total Hours 34

Text Books:
1 Automation, Production Mikell P. Groover Prentice Hall India
Systems and Computer
Integrated Manufacturing

2 Introduction to industrial Manesis, S., & CRC Press


automation Nikolakopoulos, G

References:
1 Power Hydraulics Michael J. Prentice
Pinches and John Hall
G
2 Basic Fluid Power DudleytA. Pease Prentice
and John, J. Hall
Pippenge
3 Assembly Automation and Product Design Geoffrey
Boothroyd
4 Product Design for manufacture and Assembly Joffrey CRC Press
Boothroyd, Peter
Dewhurst and
Winston A.
Knight
5 Industrial Automation: Hands On Frank Lamb
6 Industrial Automation and Control Nptel
https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/108/105/108105062

Scheme and Syllabi 196 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Sustainable Engineering
ME***** 3-0-0

Prerequisites:

Course Objectives
• To have an increased awareness among students on issues in areas of sustainability.
• To understand the role of engineering and technology within sustainable development.
• To know the methods, tools, and incentives for sustainable product-service system
development.
• To establish a clear understanding of the role and impact of various aspects of engineering and
engineering decisions on environmental, societal, economic problems.

Expected outcome:

CO1 The student will be The student will be able to understand the different types of
environmental pollution problems and their sustainable solutions.

CO2 The student will be The student will be able to work in the area of sustainability for research
and education.

CO3 Students will have a broader perspective in thinking for sustainable practices by utilizing the
engineering knowledge and principles gained from this course.

Course Articulation Matrix:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 1 1 2 3 1 1 - 2 - 1 1 3 3 3

CO2 2 2 3 3 3 2 3 1 1 1 1 2 3 3

CO3 3 3 3 3 1 - - 2 2 3 - 3 3 3

No.
Unit Details
Hrs

7 Sustainability- Introduction, Need and concept of sustainability, Social-environmental


and economic sustainability concepts, Sustainable development, Nexus between
Technology and Sustainable development, Challenges for Sustainable Development. 4
Multilateral environmental agreements and Protocols-Clean Development Mechanism
(CDM), Environmental legislations in India-Water Act, Air Act.

Scheme and Syllabi 197 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

8 Air Pollution, Effects of Air Pollution- sources, Sustainable waste water treatment,
Solid waste- sources, impacts of solid waste, Zero waste concept, 3R concept, Global
environmental issues-Resources degradation, Climate change, Global warming, 6
Ozone layer depletion, Regional and Local Environmental Issues. Carbon credits and
carbon trading, carbon foot prints.

9 Environmental management standards, ISO 14000 series, Life Cycle Analysis (LCA)
– Scope and Goal, Bio-mimicking, Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) – 4
Procedures of EIA in India.

10 Basic concepts of sustainable habitat, Green buildings, green materials for building
construction, material selection for sustainable design, green building certification,
5
Methods for increasing energy efficiency of buildings. Sustainable cities, Sustainable
transport.

11 Energy sources: Basic concepts-Conventional and non-conventional, solar energy,


Fuel cells, Wind energy, Small hydro plants, bio-fuels, Energy derived from oceans, 5
Geothermal energy.

12 Green Engineering, Sustainable Urbanization, industrialization and poverty reduction;


Social and technological change, Industrial Processes: Material selection, Pollution 5
Prevention, Industrial Ecology, Industrial symbiosis.

Text Books:
Allen, D. T. and Shonnard, D. R., Sustainability Engineering: Concepts, Design and Case Studies,
Prentice Hall.

References:

1 Engineering applications in Bradley. A. S; Adebayo, Cengage learning


sustainable Design and A. O., Maria, P.
Development

2 Basic Concepts in Mackenthun, K. M. Lewis Publication, London, 1998


Environmental Management

3 Environment Impact Assessment Guidelines, Notification of Governments of India, 2006.

4 ECBC Code 2007, Bureau of Energy Efficiency, New Delhi Bureau of Energy Efficiency
Publications-Rating System, TERI Publications- GRIHA Rating System.

5 System Analysis of Ni bin Chang McGraw-Hill Professional


Sustainable Engineering
Theory and Applications

Scheme and Syllabi 198 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

6 Renewable Energy Resources Twidell, J. W. and Weir, English Language Book Society
A. D. (ELBS).

7 An approach for sustainable Purohit, S. S Green Technology


environment

Scheme and Syllabi 199 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Sustainable Materials and Green Buildings
ME***** 3-0-0
Prerequisites: Basics concepts of green technology and sustainability, introduction to civil
engineering building materials.
Course Outcomes:
CO1 Expose the students to the concepts of sustainability
CO2 Understand the concept of building and conventional engineered building materials
CO3 Understand the concept of conventional engineered building materials
CO4 Make student aware of various green building councils

Course Articulation Matrix:


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 1 2 2 2 1 2 3 2 1 1 1 3 3 3
CO2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 1 3 2 3
CO3 2 1 2 3 2 2 3 2 1 2 1 3 3 2
CO4 2 2 3 3 2 3 3 2 1 2 1 3 3 3

No.
Unit Details
Hrs
Introduction to sustainability and green building: Introduction to sustainable
materials and the concept of green building, Embodied energy and Operational
1 8
energy in Building and Life cycle energy, Ecological footprint, Bio- capacity and
calculation of planet equivalent.
Sustainable materials: Role of Material: Carbon from Cement, alternative
cements and cementitious material, Alternative fuel for cements for reduction in
2 carbon emission, Sustainability issues for concrete, Role of quality, minimization 8
of natural resource utilization, High volume fly ash concrete, geo-polymer
concrete etc. concrete with alternative material for sustainability.
Energy and resources consumption: Reduction in water consumption in
concrete, recycled aggregate, Energy for grinding and crushing of cement,
3 aggregate etc. and reduction. Operational energy in building role of materials and 8
thermal conductivity. Clay Bricks, Types of kilns, Comparative energy
performance, emission performance and financial performance, Indoor air quality.
Operational energy consumption: Paints, Adhesive and sealants for use in
building, Volatile organic content (VOC) emission issues and indoor air quality
4 for Sustainability and Health hazard. Operational energy reduction and net zero 8
building, Optimization for design of building for energy efficiency and example
of optimization through use of Evolutionary genetic algorithm.
Energy and resources balance: Radiation budget, Surface water balance, Effects
of trees and microclimatic modification through greening. Use of Building
5 8
Integrated Photo Voltaic (BIPV) and other renewable energy in buildings, basic
concepts and efficiency.
Energy codes: ECBC requirement, Concepts of Overall Thermal Transfer
Value (OTTV), Green Performance rating, requirements of Leadership in Energy
6 8
and Environmental Design (LEED), Green Rating for Integrated Habitat
Assessment (GRIHA) and Indian Green Building Council (IGBC).

Scheme and Syllabi 200 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Text Books:
1 Sustainability Engineering: Allen, D. T. and Shonnard, Prentice Hall
Concepts, Design and Case D. R.
Studies
2 Engineering applications in Bradley. A.S; Adebayo, Cengage learning
sustainable design and A.O., Maria
development
3 Environment Impact Notification of
Assessment Guidelines Government of India
4 Basic Concepts in Lewis Publication London
Environmental Mackenthun , K.M.
Management
5. GRIHA Rating System New Delhi Bureau of Publications- Rating System
Energy Efficiency TERI Publications

Scheme and Syllabi 201 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Automotive Materials
ME***** 3-0-0
Prerequisites: Automobile Engineering
Course Outcomes:
CO1 Understand and select suitable materials for automotive applications
CO2 Distinguish between the materials requirements for automobiles interior and exterior
CO3 Understand and select advanced materials for specific automobile components.
CO4 Comprehend Ashby charts for material selection

Course Articulation Matrix:


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 3 2 2
CO2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 3 3 3
CO3 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 1 1 2 1 3 3 2
CO4 2 2 3 3 2 2 3 2 1 2 1 3 3 3

No.
Unit Details
Hrs
Introduction to Automotive Materials: Introduction to common engineering
materials; metallic and non-metallic automotive materials. Materials and
1 processes with relevance to automotive applications. Advanced materials, light 6
weight material, nano material, and synthesis and in-situ materials for automotive
applications, corrosion, Standards for automotive materials.
Materials For The Interior: Various high performance plastics and composites
used in making of dashboards and their processing. Materials used in Flooring,
2 dashboard silencer, headliner, door trim, baffles, rear shelf and their functionality. 8
Car seat-considerations and materials used. Air bag materials used and their
testing. Fabrics used in upholstery and their properties requirements
Materials For The Exterior: Application of various new materials including
various types of composites in making of car bodies, bonnet, Alloy wheels and the
processing method/s used to shape these parts. Reinforcement of fibres in
composites - Woven fabrics - Non woven random mats - Various types of fibres
3 8
in PMC processes - Hand lay-up processes - Spray up processes - Compression
moulding - Reinforced reaction injection moulding -Resin transfer moulding -
Filament winding - Injection moulding. Fibre reinforced plastics(FRP), Glass fibre
reinforced plastics (GFRP)
Smart Concepts for Automobiles: Relevance of smart materials in the
automobile industry, Recent developments in smart automobiles and Smart
engines, Use of Electro- or magneto-rheological engine mounts. Engine blocks-
4 cast iron, aluminium alloys. New trends in engines. Suspension systems: Use of 6
MR fluids and ER fluids in dampers. Fuel Injector materials: high melting point
materials-Use of ceramics as fuel injectors. Sintered Friction materials: Powder
metallurgy process for making disc brake pads
Selection Of Materials: Introduction to Ashby charts for making a good selection
of materials for different systems in automobiles. Case studies for materials
5 4
developments by Ferrari, Land Rover, Honda, and FIAT in the making of a
automobiles.

Scheme and Syllabi 202 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Text Books:
1 Material Selection in Michel F Ashby Butterworth Heinemann
Mechanical Design
2 Automotive Engineering: Cantor B, Johnston, Colin Taylor & Francis
Lightweight, Functional and Grant and Patrick
Novel Materials
3 Composite materials K.K Chawla Springer - Verlag

Reference Books:
1 Material and Design: The Michel F Ashby Butterworth Heinemann
Art and Science of Material
Selection in Product Design
2 Composite materials: F.L. Mathews and R.D Chapman and Hall, London,
Engineering and Science Rawlings England, 1st edition
3 Composite materials K.K Chawla Springer - Verlag

Scheme and Syllabi 203 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Automotive Safety
ME***** 3-0-0
Prerequisites: Automobile Engineering
Course Outcomes:
CO1 Identify safety systems necessary for automobiles
CO2 Understand active and passive safety systems
CO3 Design and develop automobile safety systems
CO4 Design and develop automobile comfort and convenience systems.

Course Articulation Matrix:


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 1 1 2 2 1 3 3 2 1 1 1 3 2 3
CO2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 1 3 3 3
CO3 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 1 2 1 3 3 3
CO4 2 2 3 3 2 3 3 2 1 2 1 3 3 3

No.
Unit Details
Hrs
Introduction: Design of the body for safety, energy equation, engine location,
deceleration of vehicle inside passenger compartment, deceleration on impact
1 6
with stationary and movable obstacle, concept of crumble zone, safety sandwich
construction.
Safety Concepts: Active safety, driving safety, conditional safety, perceptibility
safety, operating safety, passive safety: exterior safety, interior safety,
2 8
deformation behaviour of vehicle body, speed and acceleration characteristics of
passenger compartment on impact.
Safety Equipment’s: Seat belt, regulations, automatic seat belt tightener system,
3 collapsible steering column, tiltable steering wheel, air bags, electronic system for 6
activating air bags, bumper design for safety
Collision Warning And Avoidance: Collision warning system, causes of rear
4 end collision, frontal object detection, rear vehicle object detection system, object 8
detection system with braking system interactions
Comfort And Convenience System: Steering and mirror adjustment, central
5 locking system , Garage door opening system, tyre pressure control system, rain 8
sensor system, environment information system.

Text Books:
1 Automotive Handbook Bosch SAE publication
2 Automotive Mechanics Ed May McGraw Hill Publications
Volume One
3 Automotive Mechanics Ed May McGraw Hill Publications
Volume Two

Scheme and Syllabi 204 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Vehicle Maintenance
ME***** 3-0-0
Prerequisites: Automobile Engineering
Course Outcomes:
CO1 Understand and diagnose engine maintenance and its trouble shooting.
CO2 Understand and diagnose the transmission and driveline maintenance
CO3 Understand and diagnose the steering, braking, suspension and wheel maintenance and its
trouble shooting.
CO4 Understand and diagnose air conditioning and electrical systems maintenance

Course Articulation Matrix:


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 1 2 2 2 1 2 3 2 1 1 1 3 3 3
CO2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 1 3 2 3
CO3 2 1 2 3 2 2 3 2 1 2 1 3 3 2
CO4 2 2 3 3 2 3 3 2 1 2 1 3 3 3

No.
Unit Details
Hrs
Engine And Engine Subsystem Maintenance : Service of basic engine parts,
cooling and lubricating system, fuel system, Intake and Exhaust system, electrical
1 6
system - Electronic fuel injection and engine management service - fault
diagnosis- servicing emission controls
Transmission And Driveline Maintenance: Clutch- general checks, adjustment
and service- Dismantling, identifying, checking and reassembling transmission,
2 transaxle- road testing- Removing and replacing propeller shaft, servicing of cross 8
and yoke joint and constant velocity joints- Rear axle service points- removing
axle shaft and bearings- servicing differential assemblies- fault diagnosis.
Steering, Brake and Suspension Maintenance: Inspection, Maintenance and
Service of Hydraulic brake, Drum brake, Disc brake, Parking brake. Bleeding of
brakes. Inspection, Maintenance and Service of Mc person strut, coil spring, leaf
3 6
spring, shock absorbers. Dismantling and assembly procedures. Maintenance and
Service of steering inkage, steering column, Rack and pinion steering,
Recirculating ball steering service- Worm type steering, power steering system
Wheel Maintenance: Wheel alignment and balance, removing and fitting of
4 4
tyres, tyre wear and tyre rotation. Inspection.
Auto Electrical And Air Conditioning Maintenance: Maintenance of batteries,
starting system, charging system and body electrical -Fault diagnosis using Scan
tools. Maintenance of air conditioning parts like compressor, condenser,
5 8
expansion valve, evaporator - Replacement of hoses- Leak detection- AC
Charging- Fault diagnosis Vehicle body repair like panel beating, tinkering,
soldering, polishing, painting.

Text Books:

Scheme and Syllabi 205 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

1 Automotive Handbook Bosch SAE publication


2 Automotive Mechanics Ed May McGraw Hill Publications
Volume One
3 Automotive Mechanics Ed May McGraw Hill Publications
Volume Two
4 Crashworthiness of Vehicles W. Johnson and A.G MEP, London
Mamalis

Scheme and Syllabi 206 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Open Elective Course


Course Code: Credits:
Non-conventional Energy Sources
ME***** 3-0-0:3

Pre-requisites: NIL

Course Outcomes:

CO1 Understand the concept of energy crisis, non-conventional energy resources, availability
and their importance.
CO2 Understand various methods to harness non-conventional energy resources.
CO3 Apply the methods for better harness, conversion techniques, and utilization of non-
conventional energy resources.
CO4 Analyse various problems, limitations, complexities and performances of power plants
based on non-conventional energy resources.

Course Articulation Matrix:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 2
CO2 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 2
CO3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

No.
Unit Details
Hrs
Introduction: The energy crisis – causes and options, various conventional and 4
1 non-conventional forms of energy and their characteristics, availability of non-
conventional energy and land area requirements.
Solar energy: Introduction, Solar radiation, Sun-Earth angles, Measurement of 6
solar radiation at the earth’s surface, Types of collectors such as flat-plate and
concentrating collectors, solar thermal power generation, solar ponds and energy
2 storage. Principle of Solar photovoltaic, materials, mono-crystalline,
polycrystalline and amorphous silicon cells and their production technology, I-V
characteristics, parameters of performance, modules, array and PV plant
configurations and power generation.
Biomass energy: Introduction, Incineration, Thermo-chemical and biochemical 5
3 conversion to solid, liquid and gaseous fuels; Production technologies for bio-
ethanol, biogas and producer gas, Urban waste to energy processes.
Ocean, Wave and Tidal energy: Introduction, Ocean thermal energy conversion 5
(OTEC) – closed and open cycles and their limitations, Wave energy and its
4
conversion processes, Tidal energy – nature of the tides and tidal barrages for
power generation.
Wind energy: Fundamentals, power in the wind, site selection, maximum power 5
5 coefficient, wind turbine and its types – horizontal axis and vertical axis
machines, performance of wind machines, wind energy farms.

Scheme and Syllabi 207 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Geothermal energy: Introduction, Geothermal energy resources, Hot aquifers and 4


6
hot dry rock systems, geothermal electric power plants.
Other Technologies: Magnetohydrodynamics (MHD) Energy conversion, Fuel 4
7
Cells, Nuclear Energy, Hydrogen, Methanol, Energy Storage.

Text Books:
1 Renewable Energy Sources and D.P. Kothari, K.C. PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., New
Emerging Technologies Singal and R. Delhi
Ranjan
2 Solar Energy-Fundamentals, Design, G.N. Tiwari Narosa Publishing House, New
Modeling & Applications’ Delhi, India

References:

1 Advanced Renewable Energy G.N. Tiwari and RSC Publishing, Cambridge,


Sources R.K. Mishra U.K
2 Biogas Systems: Principles and K.M Mittal New Age International Limited
Applications Publishers.
3 Wind Energy Come of Age Gipe P John Wiley and sons, New
York.
4 Solar Energy Fundamentals S. Kalogirou Academic Press
5 Solar Photovoltaics: Fundamentals C.S. Solanki PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., New
Technologies and Applications Delhi
6 Energy Technology (Non S. Rao, BB Khanna Publishers
Conventional, Renewable And Parulekar
Conventional)

##

Scheme and Syllabi 208 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Energy Management
ME***** 3-0-0-3

Pre-requisites: NIL
Course Outcomes:
CO1 Develop an understanding of the energy-economy-environment nexus.
CO2 Use the techniques of energy auditing and benchmarking in the industrial sector.
CO3 Acquire basic knowledge of sustainable energy technologies and their applications.
CO4 Undertake case studies in energy management in different sectors of the economy.

Course Articulation Matrix:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 3 - 2 - 3 3 - - - - 3 3 -
CO2 3 3 - 3 3 - - - - - - - 3 3
CO3 3 3 - 3 - - 3 - - - - - 3 2
CO4 - - 3 - 3 - 3 - 3 3 3 - - 3

No.
Unit Details
Hrs
Introduction: Energy supply and demand, energy linked environmental crises- 5
causes and options in the present scenario of global warming, Energy
1
classification: renewable and non-renewable forms of energy and their
characteristics.
Energy-economy-environment nexus: energy-economy link and factors affecting 3
2
it, net energy, gross pollution and growth constraints.
Energy auditing and benchmarking: Process and gross energy requirements, 5
3 Carbon Footprint, Energy payback time, Identification of energy conservation
opportunities, Benchmarking and its parameters.
Technical options for emissions mitigation: Combined cycles, Combined heat and 12
power systems (Co-generation and tri-generation systems); Combined cooling and
power systems, energy efficiency through heat pumps; cascade refrigeration with
4
V-C and V-A systems, Mechanical Vapor Recompression (MVR) systems,
Energy recovery in refrigeration and air-conditioning systems; District Cooling,
Geo-thermal heat pumps, Earth-air heat exchangers.
Case studies from industrial/ commercial/ transport/ agricultural/ residential 5
5
sectors.
Non-technical options for emissions mitigation: Energy rebound effect, Life 3
6
style/attitudinal changes, GDP vs. holistic growth.

Text Books:
1 Energy Systems and Boyle et al. Oxford University Press
Sustainability
2 Renewable Energy Boyle et al. Oxford University Press

Scheme and Syllabi 209 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

References:
1 Energy efficiency Eastop and Longman
Croft Scientific and
Technical
2 Bureau of Energy Efficiency (BEE) Ministry of Government of
Power India
3 Our Choice Al Gore Bloomsbury
Publishing
4 An Inconvenient Truth Al Gore Oscar winning
documentary
5 Before the flood Leonardo National
DiCaprio Geographic
documentary

##

Scheme and Syllabi 210 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Product Design and Development
ME***** 3-0-0: 3

Prerequisites: NIL

Course Outcomes:

CO1 Students will be able to visualize different products lying in the same category –but that has
been designed covering different set of needs.
CO2 Students will be able to feel themselves more knowledgeable- at the end of the course.
CO3 Students will be able to identify needs and be able to suggest different alternative solutions
considering cost constraints.
CO4 Students will be able to have a watchful eye on happenings in their surrounding for
creative analyses. Possibility of taking up entrepreneurship activity, possibility of coming
up with new ideas leading to IPR.

Course Articulation Matrix:

PO PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO PO1 PSO PSO2
1 11 2 1
CO1 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 - - - 2 2 2
CO2 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 - - - 2 2 2
CO3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 - - - 2 2 2
CO4 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 - - - 2 2 2

Unit Details No. Hrs


1 Introduction to Product Design, phases of product design: planning, concept 8
development, system level design, detail design, testing, production ramp up.
Characteristics of successful product Development, Who designs & develops
products, Industrial & Practical Examples, Development Process & Organization,
A Generic Development Process
2 Opportunity identification, product planning, Identifying Customer Needs, Product 10
specifications, Concept Generation, Creative thinking- Invention- innovation &
inventiveness in a society, Concept Selection, prototyping methods
3 Product Architecture, Industrial Design, Design for environment, Design for 10
manufacturing
4 Human Factors & System Information Input- Text graphics, symbols and codes, 7
Human Factors Application – case studies, Work Place Design- case studies,
Human Errors – accidents and safety. Techno legal issues, Intellectual Property
Rights.

Text Books:
1 Product Design and Ulrich K. T, and Eppinger McGraw Hill
Development, S. D

Scheme and Syllabi 211 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

References:
1 Mechanical Design Process David G McGraw Hill
Ullman
2 Product Design Otto K, and Pearson
Wood K
3 Engineering of creativity: introduction to TRIZ Semyon D. CRC Press
methodology of inventive Problem Solving Savransky
4 Human Factors in Engineering Design Mark S McGraw Hill
sanders & Publishers.
Ernst J. Mc
Cornick
5 Product Design & Process Engineering Benjamin W McGraw Hill
Nishel & Publishers.
Alan B
Draker
6 Any other reference discussed in class for specific
topics.
Along with the above following is also desired:
An open mind to feel the quality in a system.
Subscription to a quality National news Paper/
Business news paper /magazines for articles
on products technologies/ intellectual property
acquired by specific firms etc. - Nationally and
internationally.

##

Scheme and Syllabi 212 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Electric Vehicle Technology
ME***** 3-0-0:3

Prerequisite: NIL

Course Outcomes:

CO1 Students will be able to understand about basics of electric vehicle.


CO2 Students will be able to understand about drives and control systems of electric vehicles.
CO3 Students will be able to select motor, battery, battery indication system for EV
applications.
CO4 Students will be able to design battery charger for an EV.

Course Articulation Matrix:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 - - 1 1 3 1 - - - - 1 2 1
CO2 3 - - 1 1 3 1 - - - - 2 2 1
CO3 1 3 3 3 2 3 1 1 - - 2 2 3 2
CO4 1 2 3 2 3 2 2 1 - - 1 2 3 3

No.
Unit Details
Hrs
Introduction to Electric Vehicle: Types and working mechanisms of Electric 10
Vehicles, Components of Electric Vehicles, Chassis /Battery/Charger/etc., Standard
Materials and its properties for components used in ElectricVehicles, Frame and
1 Chassis of Electric Vehicles, braking systems in EVs, planetary gears, clutches,
differentials, all-wheel drive regenerative braking mechanisms, Brake strategies
(Series and Parallel), Braking torque distribution principle, electro-mechanical
hybrid braking system.
Energy Storage Systems (ESS): Types of Batteries, their working mechanisms 7
and characteristics, Applications of Batteries and ultracapacitors in Electric
2
Vehicles, Comparison between different cell chemistry w.r.t. specific power,
specific energy, safety, lifespan, performance, cost etc.
Analysis of ESS: Battery design parameters for several Electric Vehicles, Battery 8
Architecture, Battery passive components sizing, Isolation requirements,
Manufacturing of batteries, Battery modelling, form cell to pack, Battery pack and
design issues, Failures of batteries, Battery Pack Performance & Safety testing
3 standards, Battery management systems, Overview of safety circuits like over
voltage and under voltage protection, pre-charge circuit, isolation monitoring,
HVIL (high voltage interlock loop), MSD (manual service disconnect), Fuses etc.,
Overview of favorable and unfavorable storage conditions, impact of temperature
on batteries.
Mobility and Connectors: Various types of chargers and energy management 6
strategies, Connected Mobility and Autonomous Mobility- Emobility. Connectors-
4 Types of EV charging connector, North American EV Plug Standards, DC Fast
Charge EV Plug Standards in North America, CCS (Combined Charging System),
CHAdeMO, Tesla, European EV Plug Standards,

Scheme and Syllabi 213 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Drives for EV: Introduction to Electromagnetic Energy Conversion; Electric 5


drivetrain system; System design considerations, rating and sizing of electric
drivetrain components; Machines and drives for traction and EVs: Permanent
5
Magnet Synchronous Motor (PMSM), Permanent Magnet Brushless DC
motors(PMBLDCM), Switched reluctance motors, synchronous reluctance motor,
induction motor (IM); Control of Electric Drives; Bidirectional DC-DC converters.

Text Books:
1 Electric Vehicle Technology ExplainedJames Larminie, John John Wiley & Sons,
Lowry Ltd.
2 Electric and Hybrid Vehicles: Design Iqbal Husain Iqbal Husain
Fundamentals
References:

1 Electric Vehicles: Modern Technologies Nil Patel, Akash Kumar Springer Singapore
and Trends Bhoi, Sanjeevkumar
Padmanaban, Jens Bo
Holm-Nielsen
2 Battery Management Systems of Electric Nicolae Tudoroiu (editor) MDPI AG
and Hybrid Electric Vehicles
3 Heavy-Duty Electric Vehicles: From Shashank Arora, Alireza Butterworth-
Concept to Reality Tashakori Abkenar, Shantha Heinemann
Gamini Jayasinghe, Kari
Tammi
4 Rechargeable Lithium-Ion Batteries: Thandavarayan Maiyalagan CRC Press
Trends and Progress in Electric Vehicles (editor), Perumal Elumalai
(editor)

##

Scheme and Syllabi 214 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Solar Photovoltaics
ME***** 3-0-0:3
Prerequisites: NIL

Course Outcome

CO1 Understand the basics of solar energy and solar photovoltaics.


CO2 Understand the principle of solar cells, materials, types of solar cells.
CO3 Analyse the performances of photovoltaic systems.
CO4 Apply the solar PV technology for power generation and other use.
Course Articulation Matrix:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 2
CO2 3 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 2
CO3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3

Unit Content Lectures


1. Introduction: Basics of energy and electricity, DC and AC Power, 8
Measurement of electrical quantities, The Sun, The Earth, Solar spectrum.
Importance of Solar Energy, Types of Solar radiation (Terrestrial and Extra-
terrestrial regions, Beam radiation, Diffuse radiation), Air mass, Albedo,
Irradiance. Attenuation, Sun-Earth Angles, Solar time, Solar radiation on
inclined surface and horizontal surface, Measuring Instruments for solar
radiation e.g. Pyrheliometer, Pyranometer, Sun-shine recorder.
2. Solar photovoltaics: Introduction and history of solar photovoltaics: Direct 6
Energy Conversion, Advantages and Disadvantages of PV, PV system
configurations.
3. Solar cell materials and battery: Types of Solar cell, materials and their 6
generation, intrinsic and extrinsic material, p- & n- type materials, Organic
solar cells, Perovskite solar cells, fabrication of solar cells, Losses in PV cells,
Basics of Battery and its parameters.
4. Performance parameters of PV: Module and Array, fill factor, conversion 6
efficiency, packing factor, open circuit voltage (Voc), Short circuit current
(Isc), Standard Test Condition, I-V characteristics, P-V characteristics, factors
affecting performance of solar cell, PV module, PV array.
5. Solar PV Systems: Types of Solar PV power plants, Stand alone system, grid 6
connected system, Hybrid Solar PV system. Other Applications of PV (Urban,
Rural and Remote location use of PV such as BiPV, Solar PV vehicles, solar
PV water pump, Street light etc.), National and International programmes for
promotion of solar photovoltaic.

Scheme and Syllabi 215 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Text Books:
1. Solar Photovoltaics: Fundamentals, Technologies and Applications C. S.Solanki, PHI
Publications.
2. Solar Energy, S P Sukhatme, J K Nayak, McgrawHill Publications.
3. Solar Energy – Fundaments, Design, Modeling & Applications – G.N. Tiwari, Narosa
Publications.
REFERENCES:
1. Solar Photovoltaic Technology and Systems-A manual for technicians, Trainers and
Engineers -C. S. Solanki, PHI Publications.
2. Principles of Solar Energy, Frank Krieth& John F Kreider, John Wiley, New York.
3. Solar Energy Engineering – S. Kalogirou, Academic Press.

##

Scheme and Syllabi 216 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Quality Engineering
ME ***** 3-0-0:3

Pre-requisites: Measurement and Metrology

COURSE OUTCOME:

S.N. Outcomes
CO1 Understand control charts for the analysis of observational data. Apply control charts for
the real world industry or service organisations problems
CO2 Understand types of sampling plan and apply different sampling plans during the inspection
of lots of products.
CO3 Understand and apply the concept of Reliability, Availability and Maintainability
CO4 Apply Quality Design concept for Parameter and Tolerance Design

Course Articulation Matrix:


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 2 2 3 3 3
CO2 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 2 2 3 3 3
CO3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 2 2 3 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 2 2 3 3 3

Unit Details No. of


hours
1 Introduction-Concept of quality, basic statistical concepts, Control of accuracy 4
and precision, Process capability, standardization and interchangeability;
Statistical Quality Control: Objectives, Applications, organization, cost aspects,
theory of statistical tolerance.
2 Control Charts- General theory of Control Charts, Shewhart control chart for 12
process control; Control Charts for variables such as X, R Control Charts for
charts for attributes such as c and p charts; Acceptance control chart;
Cumulative Sum Control Charts; Process Capability, Cause- Effect and Pareto
diagrams.
3 Acceptance Sampling- Multiple and Sequential Sampling Plans, Multi- 8
Continuous Sampling Plan, Acceptance Sampling by Variables, Advantages
limitations. Sampling plans using different Criteria. Comparison of various
types of sampling plans. Rectifying Inspection..
4 Reliability, Availability and Maintainability- Introduction to reliability, 6
Bathtub curve, Series and Parallel system; MTBF, Evaluation of Availability
and Maintainability.
5 Quality Design- Design of experiment concept, System, Parameter and 6
Tolerance Design; Concept of Robust Design, Taguchi Concept - Orthogonal
Arrays and S/N ratio.

Scheme and Syllabi 217 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Text/Reference Books:
1. Statistical Quality Control; Eugene L. Grant, Richard S. Leavenworth, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 2000
2. Introduction to quality control, Jamieson A, Reston, 2004.

Reference Books:
1. Statistical Quality control; A Modern Introduction 6th Edition, Douglas C. Montgomery, 2010
2. Juran’s Quality Planning and Analysis, by Frank. M.Gryna Jr. McGrawHill
3. Reliability Engineering, (3rdEdition), by LS Srinath, Affiliated East West Pvt Ltd, 1991.
4. Reliability Engineering, by E Bala Guruswamy, Tata McGraw Hill, 1994.
5. Quality Engineering Using Robust Design, Madhav S. Phadke, Pearson, 2008.
6. Handbook of Reliability, Availability, Maintainability and Safety in Engineering Design.
Stapelberg Rudolph Frederick, ISBN: 9781848001749, 9781848001749.
7. James R. Evans and William M. Lindsay, "The Management and Control of Quality", 8th
Edition, First Indian Edition, Cengage Learning, 2012.

##

Scheme and Syllabi 218 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Credits:


Total Quality Management
ME***** 3-0-0:3
Prerequisites: NIL
Course Outcomes:
CO1 Student able to understand the concept of quality management, techniques, frameworks and
models
CO2 Students able to understand the TQM philosophies and implementation
CO3 Students able to attain knowledge on TQM principles, team work and continuous
improvement process
CO4 Students able to apply the modern quality management tools in developing the business
strategy
CO5 Students able to understand the implications of quality management standards and systems
Course Articulation Matrix:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 2
CO2 1 1 2 2 2 1 2 1 2 2
CO3 1 2 1 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2
CO4 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2
CO5 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 2

No.
Unit Details
Hrs
Introduction: Basic concepts of TQM, TQM approach, Models and Frame works 6
1
for TQM. Quality award models and new model for TQM.
TQM Philosophies: Deming Philosophy, Juran Trilogy, Crosby zero Defect 6
2 Philosophy, Barriers to TQM Implementation, Benefits of TQM, Characteristics
of successful quality leader, Contributions of Gurus of TQM, Case studies.
TQM Principles: Leadership theory and practices, Creating the leadership system, 7
strategy and organization structure, leadership for Quality creating or changing the
culture – effective leadership – excellence in leadership. Strategic quality
planning, Quality councils-employee involvement, motivation, Empowerment,
3
training and development, Team and Teamwork, Quality circles, recognition and
reward, performance appraisal, Continuous process improvement, PDCE cycle,
5S, Kaizen, Improvement Strategies, Types of Problems, Problem solving
Methods, Reengineering.
TQM Tools and Techniques: Design, innovation and improvement – the design 6
process – quality function deployment (QFD) – the house of quality (HOQ),
4
building a HOQ, QFD process – specifications and standards. Bench marking and
POKA YOKE.
TQM quality systems: Quality and environment management systems: 7
Introduction to IS/ISO 9004:2000 – – Elements, implementation and
documentation of Quality system. Guidelines for performance improvements,
5
Quality Audits - registration - ISO 14000 series standards – concepts of ISO
14001 – requirements of ISO 14001 – benefits of EMS – integrating ISO 14000
with ISO 9000 – relationship between health and safety.

Scheme and Syllabi 219 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Text Books:
1 Besterfiled D. H. ‘Total Quality Pearson Education Asia –
Management’ 2005
2 SubburajRamasamy Total Quality Tata McGraw Hill
Management Publishing Company Ltd.,
New Delhi, 2005

References:

1 Joel E. Ross Total Quality Taylor and Franscis


Management Limited
2 James R. Evans and “The Management and 8th Edition, First Indian
William M. Lindsay Control of Quality” Edition, Cengage Learning,
2012.
3 ISO 9000: Concepts, Tapan P Bagchi,
Methods and A.H.Wheeler, 1999
Implementation,
4 L. Suganthi, Anand A. Total Quality PHI Learning, 2009
Samuel, Management 1st Edition
5 R. Ashley Rawlins, Total Quality Autherhouse, 2008
Management

##

Scheme and Syllabi 220 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Vocational Training/STTP Credits:


ME***** 0-0-6:3

Prerequisites: NIL
Course Outcomes:
CO1 Student will get an exposure to an industrial environment.
CO2 Apply the knowledge of the subjects studied to solve and analyze the real world problems.
CO3 Student will be able to interact and work coherently in a team environment, and manage
projects in multidisciplinary environments.
CO4 Student will be able to make presentation and write report effectively.

Course Articulation Matrix:


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 1 1 3 3 3

CO2 3 3 3 3 3 1 2 2 3 1 2 3 3 3

CO3 - - - - - 2 - 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

CO4 - - - - 2 1 1 2 2 3 2 3 3 3

##

Scheme and Syllabi 221 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Semester VIII

Scheme and Syllabi 222 w.e.f.2022-23


Department of Mechanical Engineering

Course Code: Major Project Credits:


ME***** 0-0-28:14

Prerequisites: NIL
Course Outcomes:
CO1 Student will be able to apply the knowledge of the subjects studied to solve and analyze the
real world problems.
CO2 Apply the knowledge of the subjects studied to fabricate or model the solutions for the real
world problems.
CO3 Student will be able to interact and work coherently in a team environment, and manage
projects in multidisciplinary environments.
CO4 Student will be able to make presentation and write report effectively.

Course Articulation Matrix:


PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 1 1 3 3 3

CO2 3 3 3 3 3 1 2 2 3 1 2 3 3 3

CO3 - - - - - 2 - 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

CO4 - - - - 2 1 1 2 2 3 2 3 3 3

##

Scheme and Syllabi 223 w.e.f.2022-23

You might also like

pFad - Phonifier reborn

Pfad - The Proxy pFad of © 2024 Garber Painting. All rights reserved.

Note: This service is not intended for secure transactions such as banking, social media, email, or purchasing. Use at your own risk. We assume no liability whatsoever for broken pages.


Alternative Proxies:

Alternative Proxy

pFad Proxy

pFad v3 Proxy

pFad v4 Proxy